SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS"

Transcription

1 SERO MPLIFIERS & MOTORS dvanced servo technology with optical network

2 Servo mplifier Series and Servo Motor Models Flexible specifications corresponding to users needs s wide product lines from 5 to 55k type Pulse train nalog Interface ontrol mode ompatible motor series Motor Power Setup capacity Model supply S/ or HF- HF- HF- H- H- H- Hspec. thrust KP MP SP LP RP P LP IO SSNET 3 RS-422 multi-drop -Link Position Speed Torque Positioning function Fully closed loop control compatible LM- H2 LM- 2 General-purpose interface MR-J3-M MR-J3- M MR-J3- M 3-phase 2.5 to 37k type (Note 5) (Note 5) MR-J3- M -phase.5 to.4k MR-J3- M4 MR-J3- M4 3-phase 4.5 to 55k SSNET#, new high-speed serial bus compatible MR-J3-MB MR-J3- MB MR-J3- MB 3-phase 2.5 to 37k MR-J3- MB -phase.5 to.4k MR-J3- MB4 MR-J3- MB4 3-phase 4.5 to 55k B type Fully closed loop control compatible MR-J3-MB -RJ MR-J3- MB -RJ 3-phase 2.5 to 22k MR-J3- MB -RJ -phase.5 to.4k MR-J3- MB4 -RJ 3-phase 4.5 to 22k Linear Servo compatible MR-J3-MB -RJ4 (Note 2) MR-J3- MB -RJ4 3-phase 2 to 9N -Link compatible built-in positioning function MR-J3-MT MR-J3- MT 3-phase 2.5 to 22k T type (Note 4) MR-J3- MT -phase.5 to.4k MR-J3- MT4 3-phase 4.5 to 22k Notes:. mark shows production. 2. ontact Mitsubishi for further details of the linear servo compatible amplifiers. 3. se the manual pulse generator (MR-H). 4. The extension IO unit (MR-J3-) is required. 5. set of MR-J3-MM-RJ4 and the extension IO unit, MR-J3-, is available for high resolution analog speed torque command.

3 Servo motors Small capacity series Medium capacity series Flat Medium capacity series Medium/Large capacity series Motor series (Note ) K HF-KP series M S HF-MP series HF-SP series LH-LP series R H-RP series H-P series LH-LP series Rated speed (maximum speed) (r/min) 3 () 3 () (5) 2 (3) 2 (3) 3 (45) 2 3:.75 to 2k ( 25:3.5, 5k ) (2) 5 (2) 2 (2) Rated output (k) 5 types.5,.,.2,.4,.75 5 types.5,.,.2,.4,.75 types.5,.85,.2, 2., 3., types.5,.,.5, 2.,3.5, 5., 7..5,.,.5, 2., 3.5, 5., 7. 5 types.5,.,.5, 2., 3. 5 types.,.5, 2., 3.5, 5. 5 types.75,.5, 2., 3.5, 5. types., 8., 2, 5, 2, 25, 3, 37., 8., 2, 5, 2, 25, 3, 37 4 types 7.,, 5, 22, 3, 37 7.,, 5, 22, 3, 37, 45, 5 4 types 5., 7.,, 5, 22, 3, 37, 5, 22, 3, 37, 45, 55 Servo motor type ith electromagnetic brake (B) Global standards EN L cl (Note 5) (Note 5) Protection level IP5 IP5 IP7 (Note 5) (Note 5) (Note 5) (Note 5) (Note 5) (Note 5) (Note 5) (Note 5) IP7 IP5 IP5 IP5 Only for.k to ( 2k ) ( ) Only for 7.k to 5k Only for ( k to 22k ) IP44 IP44 IP44 IP5 for H-LP52/72 Features Low inertia Perfect for general industrial machines. ltra-low inertia ell suited for highthroughput operation. Medium inertia Two models, from low to high-speed, are available for various applications. Low inertia Perfect for general industrial machines. ltra-low inertia ell suited for highthroughput operation. Flat type The flat design makes this unit well suited for situations where the installation space is restricted. Low inertia Three models, from low to mediumspeed, are available for various applications. s standard, 3k and larger motors can be mounted either with the flange or the legs. (Note 4) pplication examples Belt drive Robots Mounters Sewing machines X-Y tables Food processing machines Semiconductor manufacturing devices Knitting and embroidery machines Inserters Mounters Material handling systems Robots X-Y tables Roll feeders Loaders and unloaders High-throughput material handling systems ltra-highthroughput material handling systems Robots Food processing machines Injection molding machines Semiconductor manufacturing equipment Large material handling systems Press machines Notes:. mark shows production. 2. are for 4 class. 3. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 4. Some motors from 5 to 25k capacities can be mounted with the legs. Refer to the section Motor imensions in this catalog. 5. Some motors are under application for EN, L and cl standards. ontact Mitsubishi for more details.. ctual product availability may vary according to region. 2

4 PLL POER PLL MOE RN ERR SER BT BOOT SB RS-232 PLL MOE RN ERR SER BT BOOT SB MELSERO-J3 The ever-evolving new SSNET III, new high-speed serial bus compatible: MR-J3-B High-speed with high accuracy via optical communication Improved system responsiveness! The speed of exchanging data between the controller and the servo amplifier has been greatly increased thereby shortening tact time. Synchronized control and synchronized starting for advanced interpolation! Smooth control using high-speed serial communication with cycle times up to.44ms! (Note ) ommand position SSNET ommand position SSNET # <Overall cable length> SSNET MR-J2S SSNET # MR-J3 3 apable of an approx. 25-fold longer distance. 8 (Note 2) istance (m) SSNET # ommunication cycle Easy and flexible wiring with optical communication Enhanced reliability ommunication cycle apable of long distance wiring (Maximum overall distance: up to 5m between stations (Note 2) x number of axes). Reduced wiring by issuing the stroke limit signal and the proximity dog signal via the servo amplifier. Simple connection with dedicated cables, reducing both wiring time and chances of wiring errors. Improved noise resistance with optical communication! <Network communication speed> SSNET MR-J2S SSNET # MR-J3 5. Speed increased by approx. -fold Baud rate (Mbps) 5 Notes:. The communication cycle varies depending on the number of axes connected and the controller operation cycle. 2. hen using a long distance cable: 5m between stations x axes = 8m Fully closed loop control compatible servo amplifier: MR-J3-B-RJ High accuracy and high response position control ual feedback control provides the highest possible positioning response by using the position feedback signals from the motor encoder during high-speed rotation, and from the load-side encoder, such as a linear encoder, when positioning (stopping). Flexible system structure ith the wide variety of linear encoders, users can configure systems that meet their requirement. ompatible serial communication scale for MR-J2S can be used without modification. SSNET# controller Q72HP Q73HP Q75MH SSNET# Position command control signal Encoder signal MR-J3-MBM-RJ bsolute position detection system is easily structured without a battery by using a serial interface BS type linear encoder. BZ phase differential input interface unit, MR-J2S-L, that was necessary for MR-J2S series, is not required when using a compatible BZ phase pulse train interface linear encoder. NP3 N2L Servo motor N NB N2 To the next servo amplifier axis Load-side encoder signal (Serial interface or BZ phase pulse train interface) Table Linear encoder with compatible serial interface or BZ phase pulse train interface Head 3 Linear servo compatible: MR-J3-B-RJ4 High-speed, high-accuracy High-speed operation (2m/s) is now possible with this direct drive system. (onventional transmission mechanisms typically can not achieve such fast operational speeds.) fully closed loop control system is realized by using position feedback signals from a machine-end encoder such as a linear encoder. ide of products ore and coreless type LM-H2 series ore type linear servo motor: ontinuous thrust to 9N LM-2 series oreless type linear servo motor: ontinuous thrust 4 to 8N

5 generation servo -Link compatible built-in positioning function: MR-J3-T Built-in positioning function By setting position and speed data in the point tables in the servo amplifier, positioning operation is possible with a simple start signal from the positioning controller. Point table No. 2 : 255 Position data 2 : 3 Servo motor speed 2 : 3 cceleration time constant 2 : eceleration time constant 2 : well time : uxiliary function : 2 M code 2 : 99 Speed Point tableno. Point table No.2 Position address 2 Start signal M code M code data No. M code data No.2 -Link communication compatible Setting position and speed data and operation start and stop is possible via -Link communication. Servo data information can be sent via -Link communication to the positioning controller and used for controlling the positioning application. -Link communication makes it possible to design the system with the servo amplifiers dispersed throughout. I/O command with the extension IO unit, MR-J3- (Optional) Selecting the point table and positioning operation start are possible by the I command with MR-J3-. lso, alarm code and M code can be output with the digital signal. (-Link communication is not available when using MR-J3-.) Parameter unit, MR-PR3 Parameter setting, monitoring, alarm display and test operation are possible by connecting to the servo amplifier, thus providing an efficient operation start. p to 32 axes can be connected with a multi-drop system and RS-422 communication. Special functions Roll feeding function. Indexer function (available soon) apable of positioning by specifying stations (255 divisions maximum) MR-J3-T -Link communication Operation start/stop, etc. urrent position/ speed, etc. MR-J3-T+MR-J3- I/O command Operation start/stop, etc. <Indexer function> Station Station 5 Station 7 Station Station 4 -Link master unit (Programmable controller) External I/O signals Station Station 2 Station 3 ide of product lines iverse motor capacities Large capacity motors have been added to our product line. Now motors are available from 5 to 55k. ith the wide selection of motors provided, full retrofit of an MR-J2S series system is possible. MR-J3 H-LP H-RP H-P H-LP HF-SP HF-KP HF-MP MR-J2S H-LFS H-RFS H-FS H-LFS H-SFS H-KFS H-MFS <apacity of servo motors> 5.k 55k.k 5.k.75k 5.k.5k 3.k.5k 7.k 5 75 k k k ompatible with the various power voltage, 2, 4 class servo amplifiers are available. 4

6 ble to realize high speed with high accuracy Tact time improved with high-speed positioning High-speed, high-torque motor HF series Patent pending 5 (Example) 4 3r/min Higher power! The high speed motors (r/min) and high speed frequency response amplifiers (9Hz) shorten positioning times. Higher speed! Torque(N m) Peak running ontinuous running HF-KP H-KFS Speed (r/min) Shorter positioning time HF-KP H-KFS (r/min) Maximum speed has been increased to r/min for the HF-KP/HF-MP series, and 3r/min for the HF-SPM2 series. Machine performance improved with highly accurate operation high-resolution encoder 2244p/rev (8-bit) is mounted as standard to realize stability even at low speeds. Fluctuations in motor torque were reduced by decreasing The absolute encoder is standard equipment. the cogging torque. Home position return at each power on is not <ogging torque> (Note ) necessary if the battery (MR-J3BT) is mounted on the servo amplifier. Reduced by /2 Prior motor (H series) ompact and flexible New motor (HF series) Time <> Installation area is 4% smaller than prior model (comparison in 4) More compact! <Servo motor> 2% smaller than the prior model (Example: HF-KP/HF-MP series 4) Even smaller! MR-J2-Super MR-J3 (nit: mm) 4% smaller lose mounting is possible (2 3.5k or smaller) MR-J2-Super 4 MR-J3 2% smaller Mitsubishi comparison of H-KFS/H-MFS Small Flexible wiring Environmental safety Improved environmental safety The working environment is different for close mounting. (Note 2) onnectors have been adapted for the servo amplifier terminal block thereby reducing the time required for wiring. Refer to the section Peripheral Equipment in this catalog for details regarding the connectors. (onnector type terminal blocks are available only for 2 3.5k or smaller and 4 2k or smaller servo amplifiers.) IP5 is standard for the HF-KP/HF-MP/H-LP/H-RP/H-P servo motor series (excluding the shaft-through portion). IP7 is standard for the HF-SP servo motor series (excluding the shaft-through portion). <Servo motor> The connectors of the HF-SP series are smaller than those of the existing H-SFS series, so the user s system can be made even more compact. The cable mounting direction is changeable according to the selected cable. (HF-KP/HF-MP series) hangeable mounting direction In direction of motor shaft ompatible with global standards In opposite direction of motor shaft onformity to EN, L and cl standards MELSERO-J3 conforms to global standards. This product is not subject to hina ompulsory ertification (). 5 Resists both water and dust! Notes:. This data is for Refer to the sections mplifier Specifications and autions oncerning se in this catalog for details. 3. se IP5 rated cables when using the motor in an IP5 environment.

7 dvanced and evolving tuning functions Easy tuning Gain adjustment is not necessary Ever-evolving Real time uto-tuning Precise tuning etailed setting of the response value now possible! ith Mitsubishi s original model adaptive control and the ever-evolving auto-tuning function, tuning can be completed just by changing the response setting value!! To suppress vibration at the end of an arm or to reduce residual vibration in a machine dvanced ibration ontrol Patent pending Easily eliminates vibration! The auto-tuning suppresses vibrations automatically. (p to Hz) roop pulse roop pulse ommand ommand Machine end position Tuning ON Exact! Machine end position To suppress drive shaft vibrations such as in a ball screw The optimum machine resonance suppression filter is automatically set to suppress daptive Filter II resonance without even measuring the machine system s (drive shaft) frequency characteristics. The adaptive frequency has been increased compared to the Patent pending prior models, so resonance at the drive shaft can also be suppressed. pproximately Hz to 2.25kHz (Machine resonance filter: up to 4.5kHz) Easier to use!! rive shaft vibration daptive filter@ function ON To improve the synchronization accuracy of printing machines and packaging machines, etc. Robust isturbance ompensation Function The response to a disturbance element can be increased, independently of other control loop gains, thus making it possible to suppress the disturbance and still maintain stable operations. (Example) Printing machine roop pulse Robust disturbance compensation function ON roop pulse Precision of the printing rises by improving the synchronization accuracy with this function. MR onfigurator (Setup software) Simple setup and tuning support tools Simple setup To view motor status The new Parameter setting window makes setup even easier! Monitor and diagnostic functions SB interface enables high-speed sampling and long-term waveform measurement. One analog channel has been added to the graph function (total: 3ch). new amplifier diagnostic function has been added.

8 PLL POER PLL MOE RN ERR SER BT BOOT SB RS-232 PLL MOE RN ERR SER BT BOOT SB For uniform management of information For the MR-J3-B type, MR onfigurator (setup software) can be used on a personal computer connected to a motion controller (Q72HP/Q73HP). The uniform management of information such as parameter settings of multi-axes and monitor is easily possible! lick on the icon! Q72HP Q73HP Start MR onfigurator from MT eveloper Select the required number of axes and display as a list. Reconnecting cables is not necessary. MR onfigurator ata write ata read MR-J3-B ontents Servo mplifiers Servo Motors Features Model onfiguration Motor specifications and haracteristics Motor imensions Motor Special Specifications MR-J3- MR-J3-B MR-J3-B-RJ rive unit/onverter unit Servo motor HF-KP series HF-MP series H-LP series H-RP series H-P series HF-SP series H-LP series HF-KP series HF-MP series HF-SP series H-LP series H-RP series H-P series H-LP series Electromagnetic brake specifications Special shaft end specifications Peripheral Equipment mplifier Specifications Standard iring iagram mplifier imensions rive nit imensions onverter nit imensions Peripheral Equipment mplifier Specifications Standard iring iagram mplifier imensions rive nit imensions Features/System onfiguration Fully losed Loop iagnostic Functions mplifier Specifications Standard iring iagram List of ompatible Linear encoders mplifier imensions Peripheral Equipment Features/Serial ommunication Operational Functions ommand Method MR-J3-T mplifier Specifications Extension IO nit Standard iring iagram mplifier imensions ynamic Brake MR-J3 Basic onfiguration ables and onnectors for MR-J3- ables and onnectors for MR-J3-B ables and onnectors for MR-J3-T Ordering Information for ustomers RoHS ompliant onnectors Options Optional Regeneration nit Battery Battery onnection Relay able iagnostic able Parameter nit Heat Sink Outside ttachment Junction Terminal Block Manual Pulse Generator igital Switch Radio Noise Filter Line Noise Filter Surge Suppressor ata Line Filter Peripheral Equipment EM Filter Power Factor Improvement Reactor Power Factor Improvement Reactor Electrical ires, ircuit Breakers, Magnetic ontactors sing a Personal omputer autions oncerning se

9 Model onfiguration For servo amplifier /2/4 MR-J3- - Mitsubishi general-purpose servo amplifier MELSERO-J3 Series Symbol Special specifications 4 -phase 2 to 24 (Note) RJ4 ompatible with high resolution analog speed torque command (Note 2) RJ4 ompatible with linear servo RJ ompatible with fully closed loop control ompatible with fully closed loop control, without a dynamic brake R ompatible with fully closed loop control, without an enclosed RZ regenerative resistor (Note 3, 4) KE ompatible with 4Mpps command (Note 5) E ithout a dynamic brake (Note ) PX ithout an enclosed regenerative resistor (Note 4) Notes:. vailable in 75 or smaller servo amplifier 2. vailable in MR-J3-MM only. Extension IO unit, MR-J3-, is required. 3. vailable in MR-J3-MBM only. 4. vailable in k to 22k servo amplifier. regenerative resistor (standard accessory) is not enclosed. 5. vailable in MR-J3-M() only. ynamic brake does not work at alarm occurrence or power failure. Take measures to ensure safety. Symbol None 4 Power supply 3-phase 2 or -phase 2 (Note ) -phase (Note 2) 3-phase 4 Notes:. The -phase 2 is available only for the MR-J3-7M or smaller servo amplifiers. 2. Only for the MR-J3-4M or smaller servo amplifiers. 3. Only for.k and.k or larger servo amplifiers. : General-purpose interface B: SSNET # compatible T: -Link compatible built-in positioning function Symbol K 5K 22K List of compatible motors HF-KP 53, HF-MP 53, class HF-SP H-LP 5, , 2 2 2, 2, 52, , , H-RP 3, , 53 H-P , 52 H-LP 52, 7M, 72 8, 2K, KM, K2 5K, 5KM, 5K2 2K, 25K, 22KM, 22K2 HF-SP , class H-LP 4, 7M4 84, 2K4, KM4,K24 5K4, 5KM4, 5K24 2K4, 22KM4, 22K24 The amplifiers above conform to EN, L and cl standards. * 8

10 Model onfiguration For drive unit 2/4 MR-J3-3K Mitsubishi general-purpose servo amplifier MELSERO-J3 Series The converter unit (MR-J3-R55K(4)) is required for the drive unit. : General-purpose interface B: SSNET # compatible List of compatible motors Symbol H-LP 3K, 3KM, 3K2, 3K 25K4, 3K4, 3KM4, 3K24 37K, 37KM, 37K2, 37K 37K4, 37KM4, 37K24 45K 45KM4, 45K24 55K 5KM4, 55K24 Symbol None 4 Power supply 3-phase 2 3-phase 4 For converter unit 2/4 MR-J3-R55K Mitsubishi general-purpose servo amplifier MELSERO-J3 Series Rated output: 55k Symbol None 4 Power supply 3-phase 2 3-phase 4 The drive unit and the converter unit conform to EN, L and cl standards. * 9

11 Model onfiguration For servo motor /2 HF-KP 5 3 B Symbol Oil seal None None (Note) J Installed (Note2, 3) Symbol HF-KP HF-MP HF-SP H-LP H-RP H-P H-LP Motor series Low inertia, small capacity ltra-low inertia, small capacity Medium inertia, medium capacity Low inertia, medium capacity ltra-low inertia, medium capacity Flat type, medium capacity Low inertia, medium-large capacity Symbol M Symbol None B Electromagnetic brake None Installed Note: Refer to the section Electromagnetic brake specifications in this catalog for the available models and detailed specifications. Rated speed (r/min) 5 Notes:. n oil seal is attached for the H-LP, H-RP, H-P and H-LP series as standard. 2. imensions for the HF-KP/HF-MP series with an oil seal are different from those for the standard model. ontact Mitsubishi for details. 3. For the HF-KP/HF-MP series, the servo motors with an oil seal are available for.k or larger. Symbol None K Shaft end Standard (Straight shaft) Key way or with key (Note) -cut (Note) Note: Refer to the section Special shaft end specifications in this catalog for the available models and detailed specifications Symbol 5 to 8 to 8 K to 37K Rated output (k).5. to.85. to 8. to 37 For servo motor 4 HF-SP B Symbol Shaft end Symbol HF-SP H-LP Motor series Medium inertia, medium capacity Low inertia, medium-large capacity 4 class None K Standard (Straight shaft) Key way (Note) Note: Refer to the section Special shaft end specifications in this catalog for the available models and detailed specifications. Symbol Rated output (k) Symbol Rated speed (r/min) Symbol Electromagnetic brake 5 to 8 K to 55K.5. to 8. to 55 M None None B Installed Note: Refer to the section Electromagnetic brake specifications in this catalog for the available models and detailed specifications. The servo motors above conform to EN, L, cl standards. However, some of the HF-SP and H-LP servo motor series are under application for these standards. * ontact Mitsubishi for more details.

12 Motor Specifications and haracteristics HF-KP series servo motor specifications Servo motor series Servo motor model HF-KP model MR-J3- Power facility capacity (Note ) (k) ontinuous Rated output () running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) Moment of inertia Standard J ( -4 kg m 2 ) [J (oz in 2 )] ith electromagnetic brake Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector ttachments Insulation class Structure Servo motor Environment Mass (kg [lb]) mbient temperature mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration (Note 5) Standard ith electromagnetic brake HF-KP series (Low inertia, small capacity) 53(B) 3(B) 23(B) 43(B) 73(B) ()/B()(-RJ)/T() 2()/B()(-RJ)/T() 4()/B()(-RJ)/T() 7/B(-RJ)/T (22.7).32 (45.3).4 (9.).3 (84) 2.4 (34).48 (8.).95 (35).9 (29) 3.8 (538) 7.2 (2) (Note 2-) (Note 2-2) (.284).88 (.48).24 (.3).42 (2.3).43 (7.82).54 (.295).9 (.492).3 (.9).5 (2.73).3 (8.9) 5 times maximum 24 times maximum 22 times maximum 5 times maximum 8-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 2244 p/rev) (Motors with an oil seal are available (HF-KPMJ)) lass B Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP5) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 4 F) (non freezing), storage: 5 to 7 (5 to 58 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level X: 49m/s 2 Y: 49m/s 2.35 (.78).5 (.3).94 (2.).5 (3.3) 2.9 (.4).5 (.5).8 (.9). (3.) 2. (4.7) 3.9 (8.) Notes:. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (). 2-. hen the motor decelerates to a stop from the rated speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the effective torque is within the rated torque. hen the motor decelerates to a stop from the maximum speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the load inertia moment is 8 times or less and the effective torque is within the rated torque hen the motor decelerates to a stop from the rated speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the effective torque is within the rated torque. hen the motor decelerates to a stop from the maximum speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the load inertia moment is 4 times or less and the effective torque is within the rated torque. 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite X Y direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value. HF-KP series servo motor torque characteristics 84. HF-KP53 (B) (Note, 2, 3) HF-K3 (B) (Note, 2, 3) HF-K3 (B) (Note, 2, 3) Peak running 35 ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running HF-KP43 (B) (Note, 2, 3) HF-KP73 (B) (Note, 3) Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Notes:. : For 3-phase 2 or -phase : For -phase. 3. : For -phase 2. This line is drawn only where differs from the other two lines.

13 Motor Specifications and haracteristics HF-MP series servo motor specifications Servo motor series Servo motor model HF-MP model (Note ) MR-J3- Power facility capacity (Note ) (k) ontinuous Rated output () running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) Moment of inertia Standard J ( -4 kg m 2 ) [J (oz in 2 )] ith electromagnetic brake Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector ttachments Insulation class Structure Servo motor Environment Mass (kg [lb]) mbient temperature mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration (Note 5) Standard ith electromagnetic brake HF-MP series (ltra-low inertia, small capacity) 53(B) 3(B) 23(B) 43(B) 73(B) ()/B()(-RJ)/T() 2()/B()(-RJ)/T() 4()/B()(-RJ)/T() 7/B(-RJ)/T (22.7).32 (45.3).4 (9.).3 (84) 2.4 (34).48 (8.).95 (35).9 (29) 3.8 (538) 7.2 (2) (Note 2-) (Note 2-2) (.4).32 (.75).88 (.48).5 (.82). (3.28).25 (.37).39 (.23).2 (.5).8 (.984).7 (3.83) 3 times the servo motor s inertia moment maximum 8-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 2244 p/rev) (Motors with an oil seal are available (HF-MPMJ)) lass B Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP5) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 4 F) (non freezing), storage: 5 to 7 (5 to 58 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level X: 49m/s 2 Y: 49m/s 2.35 (.78).5 (.3).94 (2.).5 (3.3) 2.9 (.4).5 (.5).8 (.9). (3.) 2. (4.7) 3.9 (8.) Notes:. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (). 2-. hen the motor decelerates to a stop from the rated speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the effective torque is within the rated torque. hen the motor decelerates to a stop from the maximum speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the load inertia moment is 2 times or less and the effective torque is within the rated torque hen the motor decelerates to a stop from the rated speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the effective torque is within the rated torque. hen the motor decelerates to a stop from the maximum speed, the regenerative frequency will not be limited if the load inertia moment is 5 times or less and the effective torque is within the rated torque. 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite X Y direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value.. hen using MR-J3-M() with these motors, the servo amplifier software version must be 4 or above. HF-MP series servo motor torque characteristics 84. HF-MP53 (B) (Note, 2, 3) HF-M3 (B) (Note, 2, 3) HF-M3 (B) (Note, 2, 3) Peak running ontinuous running HF-MP43 (B) (Note, 2, 3) HF-MP73 (B) (Note, 3) Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Peak running 2. ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Notes:. : For 3-phase 2 or -phase : For -phase. 3. : For -phase 2. This line is drawn only where differs from the other two lines. 2

14 Motor Specifications and haracteristics H-LP series servo motor specifications Servo motor series Servo motor model H-LP model MR-J3- Power facility capacity (Note ) (k) ontinuous Rated output (k) running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) Moment of inertia Standard J ( -4 kg m 2 ) [J (oz in 2 )] ith electromagnetic brake Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector ttachments Insulation class Structure Servo motor Environment Mass (kg [lb]) mbient temperature mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration (Note 5) Standard ith electromagnetic brake H-LP series (Low inertia, medium capacity) 52(B) 2(B) 52(B) 22(B) /B(-RJ)/T /B(-RJ)/T 2/B(-RJ)/T 35/B(-RJ)/T (338) 4.78 (77) 7. () 9.55 (35) 7. () 4.4 (24) 2. (3) 28.5 (44) (.9) 4.2 (25.3).42 (35.) 22. (2) 5.2 (28.4).72 (3.7) 8.52 (4.) 32. (75) 32(B) 5/B(-RJ)/T (22) 42.9 (7) (97) 4. (252) times the servo motor's inertia moment maximum 8-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 2244 p/rev) Oil seal lass F Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP5) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 4 F) (non freezing), storage: 5 to 7 (5 to 58 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level X: 9.8m/s 2 Y: 24.5m/s 2 X: 9.m/s 2 Y: 49m/s 2.5 (5) 8. (8) (22) 2 (47) 28 (2) 9. (2) (25) 3 (29) 27 () 34 (75) Notes:. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (). 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite X Y direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value. H-LP series servo motor torque characteristics H-LP52 (B) (Note, 2, 3) H-L2(B) (Note ) Peak running ontinuous running 2 3 H-L2(B) (Note ) H-LP32(B) (Note ) Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running H-L52(B) (Note ) Peak running ontinuous running 2 3 Notes:. : For 3-phase : For -phase : For -phase 2. This line is drawn only where differs from the other two lines.

15 Motor Specifications and haracteristics H-RP series servo motor specifications Servo motor series Servo motor model H-RP model MR-J3- Power facility capacity (Note ) (k) ontinuous Rated output (k) running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) Moment of inertia Standard J ( -4 kg m 2 ) [J (oz in 2 )] ith electromagnetic brake Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector ttachments Insulation class Structure Servo motor Environment Mass (kg [lb]) mbient temperature mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration (Note 5) Standard ith electromagnetic brake H-RP series (ltra low inertia, medium capacity) 3(B) 53(B) 23(B) 353(B) 53(B) 2/B(-RJ)/T 35/B(-RJ)/T 5/B(-RJ)/T (45) 4.78 (77).37 (92). (57) 5.9 (225) 7.95 (3).9 (9) 5.9 (225) 27.9 (395) 39.7 (52) (8.2).9 (.4) 2.3 (2.) 8.3 (45.4) 2. (5.).85 (.) 2.25 (2.3) 2.5 (4.5).8 (4.5) 5.5 (84.7) 5 times the servo motor s inertia moment maximum 8-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 2244 p/rev) Oil seal lass F Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP5) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 4 F) (non freezing), storage: 5 to 7 (5 to 58 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 24.5m/s (8.) 5. ().2 (4) 2 (27) 7 (38). (4) 7. () 8.3 (9) 5 (33) 2 (47) Notes:. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (). 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite X Y direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value. H-RP series servo motor torque characteristics H-R3(B) (Note ) H-R53(B) (Note ) Peak running Peak running H-R3(B) (Note ) 8 Peak running ontinuous running 7 5 ontinuous running 84 ontinuous running H-RP353(B) (Note ) H-RP53(B) (Note ) 3 Peak running Peak running 3 4 ontinuous running ontinuous running Note:. : For 3-phase 2. 4

16 Motor Specifications and haracteristics H-P series servo motor specifications Servo motor series Servo motor model H-P model MR-J3- Power facility capacity (Note ) (k) ontinuous Rated output (k) running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) Moment of inertia Standard J ( -4 kg m 2 ) [J (oz in 2 )] ith electromagnetic brake Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector ttachments Insulation class Structure Servo motor Environment Mass (kg [lb]) mbient temperature mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration (Note 5) Standard ith electromagnetic brake H-P series (Flat type, medium capacity) 72(B) 52(B) 22(B) 352(B) 52(B) 7/B(-RJ)/T 2/B(-RJ)/T 35/B(-RJ)/T 5/B(-RJ)/T (57) 7. () 9.55 (35).7 (23).7 (52) 2. (3) 28.5 (44) 5. (79) (5.9) 22. (2) 38.2 (29) 7.5 (48) 2.5 (8.3) 24.2 (32) 4.8 (25) 85. (45) (338) 7. () (29) 24 (78) 5 times the servo motor s inertia moment maximum 8-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 2244 p/rev) Oil seal lass F Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP5) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 4 F) (non freezing), storage: 5 to 7 (5 to 58 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 24.5m/s 2 X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 49m/s 2 8. (8) (25) (3) 2 (44) 24 (53) (22) 3 (29) 22 (49) 2 (58) 3 (7) Notes:. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (). 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite X Y direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value. H-P series servo motor torque characteristics H-P72(B) (Note, 2, 3) H-52(B) (Note ) Peak running Peak running H-2(B) (Note ) Peak running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running H-P352(B) (Note ) H-P52(B) (Note ) 4 2 Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running 2 25 Notes:. : For 3-phase : For -phase : For -phase 2. This line is drawn only where differs from the other two lines.

17 Motor Specifications and haracteristics HF-SP r/min series servo motor specifications Servo motor series Servo motor model HF-SP model MR-J3- Servo motor Power facility capacity (Note ) (k) ontinuous Rated output (k) running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) Moment of inertia Standard J ( -4 kg m 2 ) [J (oz in 2 )] ith electromagnetic brake Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector ttachments Insulation class Structure Environment Mass (kg [lb]) mbient temperature mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration (Note 5) Standard ith electromagnetic brake 5(B) /B(-RJ)/T (Note ) (75) 4.3 (22) HF-SP r/min series (Medium inertia, medium capacity) 8(B) 2(B) 2(B) 3(B) /B(-RJ)/T (Note ) (5) 24.4 (34) (3) 34.4 (487) /B(-RJ)/T (Note ) (27) 57.3 (8) /B(-RJ)/T (45) 85.9 (22) (5.) 7.8 (97.3) 38.3 (29) 75. (4) 97. (53) 4. (7.5) 2. (9) 47.9 (22) 84.7 (43) 7 (585) 5 times the servo motor s inertia moment maximum 8-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 2244 p/rev) (Motors with an oil seal are available (HF-SPMJ)) lass F Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP7) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 4 F) (non freezing), storage: 5 to 7 (5 to 58 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 24.5m/s 2.5 (5) 8.3 (9) 2 (27) 8.5 (9).3 (23) 8 (4) m or less above sea level 84 42(B) 5/B(-RJ)/T (58) 2 (7) (842) 4 (897) X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 49m/s 2 X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 29.4m/s 2 9 (42) 25 (5) 22 (49) 28 (2) 32 (7) 38 (84) Notes:. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (). 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite X direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value. Y. hen using MR-J3-M with these motors, the servo amplifier software version must be 4 or above. HF-SP r/min series servo motor torque characteristics 2 4 HF-SP5 (B) (Note, 2, 3) HF-SP8 (B) (Note ) 5 Peak running Peak running HF-S2 (B) (Note ) Peak running 84 5 HF-S (B) (Note ) 4 Peak running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running HF-SP3(B) (Note ) HF-SP42(B) (Note ) Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running 5 5 Notes:. : For 3-phase : For -phase : For -phase 2. This line is drawn only where differs from the other two lines.

18 Motor Specifications and haracteristics HF-SP 2r/min series servo motor specifications (2 class) Servo motor series HF-SP 2r/min series (Medium inertia, medium capacity) Servo motor model HF-SP 52(B) 2(B) 52(B) 22(B) 352(B) 52(B) 72(B) model MR-J3- /B(-RJ)/T /B(-RJ)/T 2/B(-RJ)/T 35/B(-RJ)/T 5/B(-RJ)/T 7/B(-RJ)/T Power facility capacity (Note ) (k) ontinuous Rated output (k) running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) 2.39 (338) 4.77 (75) 7. () 9.55 (35).7 (23) 23.9 (338) 33.4 (473) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) 7. () 4.3 (22) 2.5 (34) 28. (45) 5. (79) 7. () (42) Rated speed (r/min) 2 Maximum speed (r/min) 3 Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) 345 Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) Moment of inertia J ( -4 kg m 2 ) Standard. (33.4).9 (5.) 7.8 (97.3) 38.3 (29) 75. (4) 97. (53) 54 (842) [J (oz in 2 )] ith electromagnetic brake 8.3 (45.4) 4. (7.5) 2. (9) 47.9 (22) 84.7 (43) 7 (585) 4 (897) Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio 5 times the servo motor s inertia moment maximum Speed/position detector 8-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 2244 p/rev) ttachments (Motors with an oil seal are available (HF-SPMJ)) Insulation class lass F Structure Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP7) (Note 4) mbient temperature to 4 (32 to 4 F) (non freezing), storage: 5 to 7 (5 to 58 F) (non freezing) mbient humidity 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Environment tmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust Elevation m or less above sea level ibration (Note 5) X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 24.5m/s 2 X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 49m/s 2 X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 29.4m/s 2 Servo motor Mass (kg [lb]) Standard ith electromagnetic brake 4.8 ().5 (5) 8.3 (9) 2 (27).7 (5) 8.5 (9).3 (23) 8 (4) Notes:. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (). 9 (42) 25 (5) 22 (49) 28 (2) 32 (7) 38 (84) HF-SP 2r/min series servo motor torque characteristics (2 class) 2 HF-SP52 (B) (Note, 2, 3) 9 2 HF-S2 (B) (Note ) 5 33 HF-S52 (B) (Note ) HF-S2 (B) (Note ) 3 84 Peak running 4 Peak running 224 Peak running 28 2 Peak running ontinuous running 2 3 ontinuous running 2 3 ontinuous running 2 3 ontinuous running HF-SP352 (B) (Note ) 5 HF-SP52 (B) (Note ) 75 8 HF-SP72 (B) (Note ) Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running 2 3 Notes:. : For 3-phase : For -phase : For -phase 2. This line is drawn only where differs from the other two lines.

19 Motor Specifications and haracteristics HF-SP 2r/min series servo motor specifications (4 class) HF-SP 2r/min series (Medium inertia, medium capacity) 524(B) 4/B4(-RJ)/T (338) 7. () (B) 4/B4(-RJ)/T (75) 4.3 (22) (B) 224(B) 24/B4(-RJ)/T () 9.55 (35) 2.5 (34) 28. (45) (B) 354/B4(-RJ)/T (23) 5. (79) (B) 54/B4(-RJ)/T (338) 7. () (B) 74/B4(-RJ)/T (473) (42) (33.4).9 (5.) 7.8 (97.3) 38.3 (29) 75. (4) 97. (53) 54 (842) 8.3 (45.4) 4. (7.5) 2. (9) 47.9 (22) 84.7 (43) 7 (585) 4 (897) 5 times the servo motor s inertia moment maximum 8-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 2244 p/rev) (Motors with an oil seal are available (HF-SPMJ)) lass F Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP7) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 4 F) (non freezing), storage: 5 to 7 (5 to 58 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 24.5m/s 2 X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 49m/s 2 X: 24.5m/s 2 Y: 29.4m/s ().7 (5) 8.5 (9) 3 (29) 9 (42) 22 (49) 32 (7).7 (5) 8. (9) (25) 9 (42) 25 (5) 28 (2) 38 (84) 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value. X Y HF-SP 2r/min series servo motor torque characteristics (4 class) 2 HF-SP524 (B) (Note, 2) 9 2 HF-S24 (B) (Note, 2) 5 33 HF-S524 (B) (Note, 2) HF-S24 (B) (Note, 2) 3 84 Peak running 4 Peak running 224 Peak running 28 2 Peak running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running HF-SP3524 (B) (Note, 2) 5 HF-SP524 (B) (Note, 2) 75 8 HF-SP724 (B) (Note, 2) Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running 2 3 Notes:. : For 3-phase : For 3-phase 38. 8

20 Motor Specifications and haracteristics H-LP r/min series servo motor specifications (2 class) Servo motor series Servo motor model H-LP model MR-J3- Servo motor ooling fan Power facility capacity (Note ) (k) ontinuous Rated output (k) running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) Moment of inertia Standard J ( -4 kg m 2 ) [J (oz in 2 )] ith electromagnetic brake Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector ttachments Insulation class Structure Environment mbient temperature mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration (Note 5) (B) 7/B (-RJ)/T (8) 72 (244) (574) 3 (8) Mass (kg [lb]) Standard ith electromagnetic brake 55 (25) 7 (55) -phase 2 to 22/5Hz oltage, frequency Power -phase 2 to 23/Hz Input () 42 (5Hz) / 54 (Hz) Rated current ().2 (5Hz) /.25 (Hz) 8(B) (8) 229 (324) (Note ) 22 (2) 293 () 95 (2) 3 (29) H-LP r/min series (Low inertia, medium/large capacity) 2K(B) K/B(-RJ)/T (3) 344 (487) 5 (255) 5 (335) 5K 5K/B (-RJ)/T (22) 45 (588) (355) 8 (4) 23 (5) H-LP r/min series servo motor torque characteristics (2 class) (Note ) 295 () 39 (22) (Note ) 55 (3) K (27) 477 (75) (Note ) 5 (355) 25K 22K/B(-RJ)/T (338) 597 (845) (Note ) 8 (59) 3K 3K/B (45) 353 (5) 7 () 883 (25) times the servo motor s inertia moment maximum 8-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 2244p/rev) Oil seal lass F Totally enclosed ventilated (protection level: IP44) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 4 F) (non freezing), storage: 5 to 7 (5 to 58 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level X:.7m/s 2 Y: 29.4m/s 2 X: 9.8m/s 2 Y: 9.8m/s 2 2 (5Hz) / 7 (Hz).8 (5Hz) /.7 (Hz) 3-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 5 (5Hz) / 85 (Hz).2 (5Hz) /.22 (Hz) 25 (555) 37K 37K/B (7) 87 (2) 2 (5Hz) / 75 (Hz).5 (5Hz) /.8 (Hz) 335 (74) Notes:. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power () H-L (B) (Note ) H-LP8 (B) (Note ) H-L2K (B) (Note ) 8 2 Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running HF-L5K (B) (Note ) 45 3 Peak running 5 ontinuous running H-LK (B) (Note ) H-L5K (B) (Note ) H-LP3K (B) (Note ) H-LP37K (B) (Note ) 4 2 Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running 5 2 Note:. : For 3-phase 2.

21 Motor Specifications and haracteristics H-LP r/min series servo motor specifications (4 class) H-LP r/min series (Low inertia, medium/large capacity) 4(B) 84(B) (Note 7) 2K4(B) 5K4 2K4 (Note 7) 25K4 3K4 37K4 74/B4 (-RJ)/T (8) 72 (244) K4/B4 22K4/B4 K4/B4(-RJ)/T4 3K4/B4 37K4/B4 (-RJ)/T4 (-RJ)/T (8) 5 (3) 229 (324) 344 (487) (22) 45 (588) (27) 477 (75) (338) 597 (845) (45) 7 () (5) 883 (25) (Note ) 24 (Note ) 23 (Note ) 95 (Note ) 5 (574) 22 (2) 295 () 55 (3) 5 (355) 8 (59) 3 (7) 3 (8) 293 () 39 (22) times the servo motor s inertia moment maximum 8-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 2244 p/rev) Oil seal lass F Totally enclosed ventilated (protection level: IP44)(Note 4) to 4 (32 to 4 F) (non freezing), storage: 5 to 7 (5 to 58 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level X:.7m/s 2 Y: 29.4m/s 2 X: 9.8m/s 2 Y: 9.8m/s 2 55 (25) 7 (55) 95 (2) 3 (29) 5 (255) 5 (335) (355) 8 (4) 23 (5) 25 (555) -phase 2 to 22/5Hz 3-phase 38 to 44/5Hz 3-phase 38 to 4/5Hz -phase 2 to 23/Hz 3-phase 38 to 48/Hz 3-phase 38 to 48/Hz 42 (5Hz) / 54 (Hz) 2 (5Hz) / 7 (Hz) 5 (5Hz) / 85 (Hz) (5Hz) / 5 (Hz).2 (5Hz) /.25 (Hz).4 (5Hz) /. (Hz).2 (5Hz) /.4 (Hz).2 (5Hz) /.22 (Hz) 87 (2) 335 (74) 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value.. The value applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow:.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required. 7. ontact your dealer for the delivery schedule and the compatible servo amplifier software version. X Y H-LP r/min series servo motor torque characteristics (4 class) H-L4 (B) (Note, 2) H-LP84 (B) (Note, 2, 3) H-L2K4 (B) (Note, 2) 8 2 Peak running Peak running Peak running 3 42 H-L5K4 (B) (Note, 2) 45 3 Peak running 84 ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running H-LK4 (B) (Note, 2, 3) H-L5K4 (B) (Note, 2) H-LP3K4 (B) (Note, 2) H-LP37K4 (B) (Note, 2) 4 Peak running Peak running Peak running Peak running 28 2 ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running 5 2 Notes:. : For 3-phase : For 3-phase The torque characteristics are anticipated values. 2

22 Motor Specifications and haracteristics H-LP 5r/min series servo motor specifications (2 class) Servo motor series H-LP 5r/min series (Low inertia, medium/large capacity) Servo motor model H-LP 7M(B) KM(B) 5KM(B) 22KM 3KM 37KM model MR-J3- Power facility capacity (Note ) (k) 7/B(-RJ)/T K/B(-RJ)/T 5K/B(-RJ)/T 22 22K/B(-RJ)/T 33 3K/B 48 37K/B 59 ontinuous Rated output (k) running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) 44. (32) 7. (99) 95.5 (35) 4 (98) 9 (27) 23 (334) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) 34 (9) 2 (297) 28 (45) 35 (49) 477 (75) 589 (834) Rated speed (r/min) 5 Maximum speed (r/min) 2 Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) 23 Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) (Note ) (Note ) (Note ) Moment of inertia J ( -4 kg m 2 ) [J (oz in 2 )] Standard ith electromagnetic brake 5 (574) 3 (8) 22 (2) 293 () 295 () 39 (22) 55 (3) 5 (355) 8 (59) Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio times the servo motor s inertia moment maximum Speed/position detector 8-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 2244 p/rev) ttachments Oil seal Insulation class lass F Structure Totally enclosed ventilated (protection level: IP44) (Note 4) mbient temperature to 4 (32 to 4 F) (non freezing), storage: 5 to 7 (5 to 58 F) (non freezing) mbient humidity 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Environment tmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust Elevation m or less above sea level ibration (Note 5) X:.7m/s 2 Y: 29.4m/s 2 X: 9.8m/s 2 Y: 9.8m/s 2 Mass Standard 55 (25) 95 (2) 5 (255) (355) 8 (4) 23 (5) (kg [lb]) ith electromagnetic brake 7 (55) 3 (29) 5 (335) -phase 2 to 22/5Hz oltage, frequency Power -phase 2 to 23/Hz 3-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz Input () 42 (5Hz) / 54 (Hz) 2 (5Hz) / 7 (Hz) 5 (5Hz) / 85 (Hz) 2 (5Hz) / 75 (Hz) Rated current ().2 (5Hz) /.25 (Hz).8 (5Hz) /.7 (Hz).2 (5Hz) /.22 (Hz).5 (5Hz) /.8 (Hz) Servo motor ooling fan Notes:. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power (). H-LP 5r/min series servo motor torque characteristics (2 class) 2 4 H-LP7M(B) (Note ) H-LKM(B) (Note ) 5 Peak running Peak running H-L5KM(B) (Note ) 3 Peak running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running H-L2KM (Note ) H-LP3KM (Note ) Peak running Peak running 5 7 H-LP37KM (Note ) 75 5 Peak running Note:. : For 3-phase ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running 5 5 2

23 Motor Specifications and haracteristics H-LP 5r/min series servo motor specifications (4 class) H-LP 5r/min series (Low inertia, medium/large capacity) 7M4(B) KM4(B) (Note 7) 5KM4(B) 22KM4 3KM4 37KM4 74/B4(-RJ)/T4 K4/B4(-RJ)/T4 5K4/B4(-RJ)/T4 22K4/B4(-RJ)/T4 3K4/B4 37K4/B (32) 7. (99) 95.5 (35) 4 (98) 9 (27) 23 (334) 34 (9) 2 (297) 28 (45) 35 (49) 477 (75) 589 (834) KM4 45K4/B (45) 7 () KM4 55K4/B (45) 79 (3) (Note ) 9 (Note ) 2 (Note ) 5 (574) 3 (8) 22 (2) 293 () 295 () 39 (22) 55 (3) 5 (355) 8 (59) 3 (7) 87 (2) times the servo motor s inertia moment maximum 8-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 2244 p/rev) Oil seal lass F Totally enclosed ventilated (protection level: IP44) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 4 F) (non freezing), storage: 5 to 7 (5 to 58 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level X:.7m/s 2 Y: 29.4m/s 2 X: 9.8m/s 2 Y: 9.8m/s 2 55 (25) 7 (55) 95 (2) 3 (29) 5 (255) 5 (335) (355) 8 (4) 23 (5) 25 (555) 335 (74) -phase 2 to 22/5Hz -phase 2 to 23/Hz 3-phase 38 to 44/5Hz 3-phase 38 to 48/Hz 3-phase 38 to 4/5Hz 3-phase 38 to 48/Hz 42 (5Hz) / 54 (Hz) 2 (5Hz) / 7 (Hz) 5 (5Hz) / 85 (Hz) (5Hz) / 5 (Hz).2 (5Hz) /.25 (Hz).4 (5Hz) /. (Hz).2 (5Hz) /.4 (Hz).2 (5Hz) /.22 (Hz) 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value.. The value applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow:.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required. 7. ontact your dealer for the delivery schedule and the compatible servo amplifier software version. X Y H-LP 5r/min series servo motor torque characteristics (4 class) 2 4 H-LP7M4(B) (Note, 2) H-LKM4(B) (Note, 2, 3) 5 Peak running Peak running H-L5KM4(B) (Note, 2) 3 2 Peak running H-L2KM4 (Note, 2) Peak running 7 5 ontinuous running 2 8 ontinuous running 4 ontinuous running 4 ontinuous running H-LP3KM4 (Note, 2) 4 2 Peak running ontinuous running H-LP37KM4 (Note, 2) Peak running ontinuous running H-LP45KM4 (Note, 2) Peak running ontinuous running H-LP5KM4 (Note, 2) 9 3 Peak running ontinuous running Notes:. : For 3-phase : For 3-phase The torque characteristics are anticipated values. 22

24 Motor Specifications and haracteristics H-LP 2r/min series servo motor specifications (2 class) Servo motor series H-LP 2r/min series (Low inertia, medium/large capacity) Servo motor model H-LP K2(B) 5K2(B) 22K2(B) 3K2 model MR-J3-5/B(-RJ)/T 7/B(-RJ)/T K/B(-RJ)/T 5K/B(-RJ)/T 22K/B(-RJ)/T 3K/B Power facility capacity (Note ) (k) ontinuous Rated output (k) running duty Rated torque (N m [oz in]) 23.9 (338) 33.4 (473) 52.5 (743) 7. () 5 (49) 43 (22) Maximum torque (N m [oz in]) Rated speed (r/min) 7. () (42) 58 (224) 25 (34) 2 23 (372) 358 (57) Maximum speed (r/min) 2 Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) 23 Power rate at continuous rated torque (k/s) Rated current () Maximum current () Regenerative braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) (Note ) (Note ) (Note ) Moment of inertia J ( -4 kg m 2 ) [J (oz in 2 )] Standard ith electromagnetic brake 74. (45) 94.2 (55) 5 (574) 3 (8) 22 (2) 293 () 295 () 39 (22) 55 (3) Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio times the servo motor s inertia moment maximum Speed/position detector 8-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 2244 p/rev) ttachments Oil seal Insulation class lass F Servo motor ooling fan Structure Environment Mass (kg [lb]) Power Rated current () mbient temperature mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration (Note 5) Standard ith electromagnetic brake oltage, frequency Input () Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection level: IP5) (Note 4) 28 (2) Totally enclosed ventilated (protection level: IP44) (Note 4) 37K2 37K/B (25) 442 (2) to 4 (32 to 4 F) (non freezing), storage: -5 to 7 (5 to 58 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level X:.7m/s 2 Y: 29.4m/s 2 X: 9.8m/s 2 Y: 9.8m/s 2 35 (78) 55 (25) 7 (55) 95 (2) 3 (29) 5 (255) 5 (335) (355) 8 (4) -phase 2 to 22/5Hz -phase 2 to 23/Hz 3-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 42 (5Hz) / 54 (Hz) 2 (5Hz) / 7 (Hz) 5 (5Hz) / 85 (Hz).2 (5Hz) /.25 (Hz).8 (5Hz) /.7 (Hz).2 (5Hz) /.22 (Hz) Notes:. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply s impedance. 2. The regenerative braking frequency shows the permissible frequency when the motor, without a load and the optional regeneration unit, decelerates from the rated speed to a stop. hen a load is connected; however, the value will be the table value/(m+), where m=the load inertia moment/the motor inertia moment. hen the operating speed exceeds the rated speed, the regenerative braking frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (operating speed/rated speed). If the operating speed changes frequently or when the regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regenerative heating value () in operation. Provisions must be made to keep this heating value below the tolerable regenerative power (). Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the Servo Support software. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for details on the tolerable regenerative power () (355) H-LP 2r/min series servo motor torque characteristics (2 class) H-LP52 (Note ) H-LP72 (Note ) 8 Peak running Peak running H-LK2(B) (Note ) H-L5K2(B) (Note ) 2 5 Peak running Peak running ontinuous running ontinuous running ontinuous running 2 84 ontinuous running H-L2K2(B) (Note ) H-LP3K2 (Note ) H-LP37K2 (Note ) 3 2 Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running 2 Note:. : For 3-phase 2.

25 Motor Specifications and haracteristics H-LP 2r/min series servo motor specifications (4 class) H-LP 2r/min series (Low inertia, medium/large capacity) K24(B) K4/B4(-RJ)/T (743) 58 (224) K24(B) 5K4/B4(-RJ)/T () 25 (34) K24(B) 22K4/B4(-RJ)/T (49) 23 (372) K24 3K4/B (22) 358 (57) K24 37K4/B (25) 442 (2) K24 45K4/B (34) 537 (7) K24 55K4/B (372) 57 (93) (Note ) 44 (Note ) 7 (Note ) 5 (574) 3 (8) 22 (2) 293 () 295 () 39 (22) 55 (3) 5 (355) times the servo motor s inertia moment maximum 8-bit encoder (Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 2244 p/rev) Oil seal lass F 8 (59) 3 (7) Totally enclosed ventilated (protection level: IP44) (Note 4) to 4 (32 to 4 F) (non freezing), storage: -5 to 7 (5 to 58 F) (non freezing) 8% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level X:.7m/s 2 Y: 29.4m/s 2 X: 9.8m/s 2 Y: 9.8m/s 2 55 (25) 7 (55) 95 (2) 3 (29) 5 (255) 5 (335) (355) 8 (4) 23 (5) -phase 2 to 22/5Hz -phase 2 to 23/Hz 3-phase 38 to 44/5Hz 3-phase 38 to 48/Hz 3-phase 38 to 4/5Hz 3-phase 38 to 48/Hz 42 (5Hz) / 54 (Hz).2 (5Hz) /.25 (Hz) 2 (5Hz) / 7 (Hz).4 (5Hz) /. (Hz) 5 (5Hz) / 85 (Hz).2 (5Hz) /.4 (Hz) 25 (555) (5Hz) / 5 (Hz).2 (5Hz) /.22 (Hz) 3. ontact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the value in the table. 4. The shaft-through portion is excluded. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket in the opposite direction of the motor shaft). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so maintain vibration to approximately one-half of the allowable value.. The value applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow:.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required. X Y H-LP 2r/min series servo motor torque characteristics (4 class) H-LK24(B) (Note, 2) H-L5K24(B) (Note, 2) H-L2K24(B) (Note, 2) 2 5 Peak running Peak running Peak running H-LP3K24 (Note, 2) 4 Peak running ontinuous running 2 84 ontinuous running 2 4 ontinuous running 2 4 ontinuous running H-LP37K24 (Note, 2) H-LP45K24 (Note, 2) 4 2 Peak running ontinuous running Peak running ontinuous running H-LP55K24 (Note, 2) Peak running ontinuous running 2 Notes:. : For 3-phase : For 3-phase

26 Motor imensions HF-KP53(B), HF-K3(B) HF-MP53(B), HF-M3(B) Encoder connector L Brake connector KL ø8h ø3h7 2-ø4.5 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. Power supply connector 37. ø M4 <hen the cables are led out in opposite direction of motor shaft> Model Power supply connector pin assignment Pin No (nit: mm) Signal name Earth Brake connector pin assignment Pin No. Signal name B 2 B2 ariable dimensions L KL 7 HF-KP53(B) HF-MP53(B).4 (7.5) Encoder connector Brake connector Power supply connector HF-K3(B) HF-M3(B) 82.4 (23.5) 4.5 HF-K3(B), HF-KP43(B) HF-M3(B), HF-MP43(B) L ø5.8 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. 45 ø7 M Power supply connector pin assignment Pin No Signal name Earth Encoder connector KL Power supply 57.8 connector Brake connector ø4h ø5h <hen the cables are led out in opposite direction of motor shaft> 2 Model Brake connector pin assignment Pin No. Signal name B 2 B2 ariable dimensions L KL HF-K3(B) HF-M3(B) 7. (.) Encoder Power supply connector connector Brake connector HF-KP43(B) HF-MP43(B) 98.5 (38).2 HF-KP73(B) HF-MP73(B) Encoder connector (57) ø9h Power supply connector Brake connector ø7h ø M8 4-ø. mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. <hen the cables are led out in opposite direction of motor shaft> Power supply connector pin assignment Pin No Signal name Earth Brake connector pin assignment Pin No. Signal name B 2 B2 25 Notes:. se a friction coupling to fasten a load. 2. imensions inside ( ) are for the models with an electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for the models with an electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B, B2) do not have polarity. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 5. imensions for motors with an oil seal (HF-KPMJ and HF-MPMJ) are different from the above. ontact Mitsubishi for details. 7 7 Encoder connector Power supply connector Brake connector

27 Motor imensions (nit: mm) HF-SP5(B), HF-SP8(B) HF-SP52(B) to HF-S52(B), HF-SP524(B) to HF-S52(B) 38.2 (43.5) L M ø9 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. ø24h ø øh7 ø5 2.5 Encoder connector 59 M-RP Brake connector 2.9 M-R2P 3.5 KL Power supply connector MS328-P Model ariable dimensions r/min 2r/min L KL Brake Earth HF-SP52(4)(B) 8.5 (53) 57.8 Brake connector pin assignment Motor flange direction Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction HF-SP5(B) HF-S2(4)(B) 4.5 (75) 79.8 HF-SP8(B) HF-S52(4)(B) 2.5 (97).8 HF-S2(B) to HF-SP42(B) HF-S2(B) to HF-SP72(B), HF-S24(B) to HF-SP724(B) 38.5 (45.5) L M ø3.5 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts ø ø23 ø ø4.3 KB Encoder connector M-RP.5 44 Brake connector K M-R2P Power supply connector MS P (for 3.5k or smaller and 5k) MS3232-7P (for 4.2k and 7k) KL 82 Model ariable dimensions Earth r/min 2r/min L KL K KB Brake Brake connector pin assignment Motor flange direction, 2, 3 and 4 are screw holes for hanging bolt. For HF-S(B), HF-SP3(B), HF-SP352(4)(B), HF-SP52(4)(B): 3, 4 For HF-SP42(B), HF-SP72(4)(B):, 2, 3, 4 Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction HF-S2(B) HF-S(B) HF-SP3(B) HF-S2(4)(B) HF-SP352(4)(B) HF-SP52(4)(B) 43.5 (93) 83.5 (233) 23.5 (253) Notes:. se a friction coupling to fasten a load. 2. imensions inside ( ) are for the models with an electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for the models with an electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have polarity. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. HF-SP42(B) HF-SP72(4)(B) 23.5 (33)

28 Motor imensions (nit: mm) H-LP52(B) to H-L52(B) 38 L M ø9 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. ø24h 5.9 Oil seal S3457B øh7 ø45 ø5 3 Encoder connector M-RP Power supply connector E P KL Earth E F H G B Brake Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction 44 Model H-LP52(B) ariable dimensions L 44 (77) KL 77 H-L2(B) 4 (97) 97 H-L52(B) 9.5 (224.5) 24.5 H-L2(B), H-LP32(B) 38 L M ø3.5 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts Oil seal S48B ø35 +. ø ø23 ø2 42 Encoder connector M-RP Brake connector MS32SL-4P 7.5 Power supply connector E5-224-P and 2 are screw holes (M8) for hanging bolt. Only for H-LP32(B). KL Brake B Brake connector pin assignment Motor flange direction Earth E F G B Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction 4 Model H-L2(B) ariable dimensions L 98.5 (24.5) KL 23.5 H-LP32(B) (29.5) 73.5 Notes:. se a friction coupling to fasten a load. 2. imensions inside ( ) are for the models with an electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for the models with an electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have polarity. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 27

29 Motor imensions (nit: mm) H-R3(B) to H-R3(B) 38 L M 45 4-ø9 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. 5.9 Oil seal S3457B ø24h ø95h7 ø5 ø Earth Brake Encoder connector M-RP Power supply connector E P KL E F H G B Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction 44 Model ariable dimensions L KL H-R3(B) 45.5 (83.5) 9.5 H-R53(B) 7.5 (28.5) 94.5 H-R3(B) 95.5 (233.5) 9.5 H-RP353(B), H-RP53(B) 38 L M ø9 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. 2 ø28h 5.9 Oil seal S3457B øh7 ø45 ø5 3 Encoder connector M-RP Power supply connector E5-224-P KL Earth E G B Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction F Brake 4 Model H-RP353(B) ariable dimensions L 25.5 (252.5) KL 48 H-RP53(B) (39.5) 25 Notes:. se a friction coupling to fasten a load. 2. imensions inside ( ) are for the models with an electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for the models with an electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have polarity. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 28

30 Motor imensions (nit: mm) H-P72(B), H-52(B) 38 L M screw 4 M ø3.5 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. ø23 ø25 ø2 5.9 Oil seal S3457B øsh ø Encoder connector M-RP KL Power supply connector E P Earth E F H G B Brake Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction 44 Model H-P72(B) ariable dimensions L 9 (42.5) KL 38 S 22 H-52(B) 8.5 (52) H-2(B) to H-P52(B) 38 L M8 screw 37.5 M ø3.5 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. ø25 ø35 +. ø27 ø Oil seal S48B ø2h7 5 Encoder connector M-RP Brake connector MS32SL-4P KL Brake Power supply connector E5-224-P B Brake connector pin assignment Motor flange direction Earth E F G B Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction 47 Model H-2(B) ariable dimensions L.5 (59.5) KL 42.5 H-P352(B) 4.5 (83.5).5 H-P52(B) 4.5 (27.5) Notes:. se a friction coupling to fasten a load. 2. imensions inside ( ) are for the models with an electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for the models with an electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have polarity. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance.

31 Motor imensions (nit: mm) H-LP52 Power supply connector E5-224-P Encoder connector M-RP Hanging bolt M ø4.5 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts M8 screw E G B F H-LP72 Power supply connector E P Encoder connector M-RP Hanging bolt M ø4.5 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. 5.9 ø42h ø8h ø42h ø8h7 34 ø25 4 ø25 Oil seal S589B Earth Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction ø25 ø M8 screw Oil seal S589B B Earth Power supply connector pin assignment Motor flange direction Notes:. se a friction coupling to fasten a load. 2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 3

32 Motor imensions (nit: mm) H-L(B), H-L4(B) H-LP7M(B), H-LP7M4(B) H-LK2(B), H-LK24(B) Encoder connector M-RP Brake connector MS32SL-4P (Note 4) Hanger screw hole Bolt: M 2 (Note 4) 2 48 (55) 85 M (498) 22 (334) 3-hanger* 93 (Note 4) ø4.5 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. 2 3 (Note ) ø44 hole 7 Exhaust air (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) ooling fan rotating direction 2 Suction air ø42h 5.2 ø8h7 ø25 ø25 (Note 5) 3 Brake (Note 4) B M8 screw Oil seal S589B (standard) S4529B (with electromagnetic brake) Brake connector pin assignment Motor flange direction * hen using the motor without the hanger, plug the threaded hole with a bolt of M 2 or shorter. *2 The terminal block on the terminal box housing consists of M screws for the motor power supply (,, ), and M4 screws for the cooling fan (B, B) and for the thermal protector (OHS, OHS2). H-LP8(B), H-L2K(B), H-LP84(B) (Note 7), H-L2K4(B) H-LKM(B), H-L5KM(B), H-LKM4(B) (Note 7), H-L5KM4(B) H-L5K2(B), H-L2K2(B), H-L5K24(B), H-L2K24(B) Encoder connector M-RP Brake connector MS32SL-4P (Note 4) L KL 3-hanger * LT.5 (Note 4) M ø4.5 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. (Note ) ø44 hole ooling fan rotating direction 25 4 Suction air Exhaust air 25 (Note 4) 5 ø55m ø23h7 (Note 4) ø25 Hanger screw hole Bolt: M2 22 (Note 4) 37 (Note 5) 2.4. M screw ø3 Hanger screw hole Bolt: M2 22 (Note 4) Brake (Note 4) B Oil seal S7953B (standard) S829B (with electromagnetic brake) r/min H-LP8(B) H-LP84(B) Model 5r/min H-LKM(B) H-LKM4(B) 2r/min H-L5K2(B) H-L5K24(B) ariable dimensions L KL LT 495 () 454 (55) 289 (4) Brake connector pin assignment Motor flange direction H-L2K(B) H-L2K4(B) H-L5KM(B) H-L5KM4(B) H-L2K2(B) H-L2K24(B) 555 (7) 5 (22) 34 (457) * hen using the motor without the hanger, plug the threaded hole with a bolt of M2 2 or shorter. *2 The terminal block on the terminal box housing consists of M8 screws for the motor power supply (,, ), and M4 screws for the cooling fan (B, B, B) and for the thermal protector (OHS, OHS2). 3 Notes:. se a friction coupling to fasten a load. 2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 3. imensions inside ( ) are for the models with an electromagnetic brake. 4. Only for the models with an electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals do not have polarity. 5. Leave a clearance of at least mm between the motor s suction side and wall.. Make sure that oil, water and dust, etc., will not enter the motor from the lead-in hole. 7. ontact your dealer for the delivery schedule or the compatible servo amplifier software version.

33 Motor imensions (nit: mm) H-L5K, H-LK, H-L5K4, H-LK4 (Note 7) H-L2KM, H-L2KM4 (Note 7), H-LP3KM4 H-LP3K24, H-LP37K24 Encoder connector M-RP 28 L ø5 hole (Note 5) KL -hanger (Note 4) LT M ø9 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. Exhaust air ooling fan rotating direction 52 Suction air øm M2 screw ø25h7 ø35 ø F FB F Oil seal S593B 8 4-ø5 mounting hole Model ariable dimensions r/min 5r/min 2r/min L KL LT F FB H-L5K H-L5K4 H-L2KM H-L2KM4 H-LP3K H-LK H-LK4 H-LP3KM4 H-LP37K * The terminal block on the terminal box housing consists of M8 screws for the motor power supply (,, ), and M4 screws for the cooling fan (B, B, B) and for the thermal protector (OHS, OHS2). H-L5K, H-LP3K, H-L5K4, H-LP3K4 H-LP37KM, H-LP37KM4, H-LP45KM4 H-LP45K24, H-LP55K Encoder connector M-RP 38 ø3 hole (Note 5) L KL LT -hanger (Note 4) 25 Exhaust air 5 4 M ø9 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. ooling fan rotating direction 84 Suction air 2 ø5m ø3h M screw ø4 ø Oil seal S7953B F F 2 FB 4-ø9 mounting hole Model ariable dimensions r/min 5r/min 2r/min L LT KL F FB H-L5K H-L5K4 H-LP37KM H-LP37KM4 H-LP45K H-LP3K H-LP3K4 H-LP45KM4 H-LP55K * The terminal block on the terminal box housing consists of M screws for the motor power supply (,, ), and M4 screws for the cooling fan (B, B, B) and for the thermal protector (OHS, OHS2). Notes:. se a friction coupling to fasten a load. 2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 3. Leave a clearance of at least 5mm between the motor's suction side and wall. 4. hen using the motor without the hanger, plug the threaded hole with a bolt of M 2 or shorter. 5. Make sure that oil, water and dust, etc., will not enter the motor from the lead-in hole.. hen mounting the motor with the shaft horizontal, fix the motor either with the legs or the flange, keeping the legs downward. Note that when fixing the motor with the flange, also fix the legs to support the motor. 7. ontact your dealer for the delivery schedule or the compatible servo amplifier software version. 32

34 Motor imensions H-LP3KM H-LP3K2, H-LP37K2 (nit: mm) Encoder connector M-RP ø3 hole (Note 5) L 4 KL LT -hanger (Note 4) 25 5 M ø9 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. Exhaust air 2 ooling fan rotating direction Suction air øm M2 screw ø25h7 ø35 ø Oil seal S593B F F 8 FB 4-ø5 mounting hole Model ariable dimensions 5r/min 2r/min L LT KL F FB H-LP3K H-LP3KM H-LP37K * The terminal block on the terminal box housing consists of M screws for the motor power supply (,, ), and M4 screws for the cooling fan (B, B, B) and for the thermal protector (OHS, OHS2). H-LP37K, H-LP37K4 H-LP5KM Encoder connector M-RP 38 ø3 hole (Note 5) hanger (Note 4) Exhaust air M ø9 mounting hole se hexagonal cap head bolts. 28 ooling fan rotating direction 84 Suction air ø8m ø3h7 M screw ø35 ø Oil seal S853B ø24 mounting hole * The terminal block on the terminal box housing consists of M screws for the motor power supply (,, ), and M4 screws for the cooling fan (B, B, B) and for the thermal protector (OHS, OHS2). Notes:. se a friction coupling to fasten a load. 2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 3. Leave a clearance of at least 5mm between the motor's suction side and wall. 4. hen using the motor without the hanger, plug the threaded hole with a bolt of M 2 or shorter. 5. Make sure that oil, water and dust, etc., will not enter the motor from the lead-in hole.. hen mounting the motor with the shaft horizontal, fix the motor either with the legs or the flange, keeping the legs downward. Note that when fixing the motor with the flange, also fix the legs to support the motor. 33

35 Motor Special Specifications Electromagnetic brake specifications (Note ) Motor model Type Rated voltage Brake static friction (N m) torque (oz in) Power consumption () at 2 (8 F) Permissible (J)/time braking work (J)/hour 53B HF-KP/HF-MP 3B 23B 43B Spring-action safety brake 24 - % B B B HF-SP r/min 2B 2B Spring-action safety brake 24 - % B B Brake life (Note 2) (Braking work per braking action) Times 2 (5.J) 2 (5.J) 2 (22J) 2 (22J) 2 (4J) 2 (2J) 2 (2J) 2 (J) 2 (J) 2 (J) 2 (J) Brake life (Note 2) (Braking work per braking action) Motor model Type Rated voltage Brake static friction (N m) torque (oz in) Power consumption () at 2 (8 F) Permissible (J)/time braking work (J)/hour Times HF-SP 2r/min 52B/524B 2B/24B 52B/524B 22B/224B 352B/3524B 52B/524B 72B/724B Spring-action safety brake 24 - % (2J) 2 (2J) 2 (2J) 2 (J) 2 (J) 2 (J) 2 (J) Brake life (Note 2) (Braking work per braking action) Motor model Type Rated voltage Brake static friction (N m) torque (oz in) Power consumption () at 2 (8 F) Permissible (J)/time braking work (J)/hour Times H-LP H-RP 52B 2B 52B 22B 32B 3B 52B 23B 353B 53B Spring-action safety brake Spring-action safety brake 24 - % 24 - % (2J) 2 (2J) 2 (2J) 2 (J) 2 (J) 2 (2J) 2 (2J) 2 (2J) 2 (2J) 2 (2J) Brake life (Note 2) (Braking work per braking action) Motor model Type Rated voltage Brake static friction (N m) torque (oz in) Power consumption () at 2 (8 F) Permissible (J)/time braking work (J)/hour Times H-P H-LP r/min 72B 52B 22B 352B 52B B/4B 8B/84B 2KB/2K4B Spring-action safety brake Spring-action safety brake 24 - % 24 - % (2J) 2 (2J) 2 (J) 2 (J) 2 (J) 2 (J) 2 (3J) 2 (3J) Brake life (Note 2) (Braking work per braking action) Motor model Type Rated voltage Brake static friction (N m) torque (oz in) Power consumption () at 2 (8 F) Permissible (J)/time braking work (J)/hour Times H-LP 5r/min H-LP 2r/min 7MB/7M4B KMB/KM4B 5KMB/5KM4B K2B/K24B 5K2B/5K24B 22K2B/22K24B Spring-action safety brake Spring-action safety brake 24 - % 24 - % (J) 2 (3J) 2 (3J) 2 (J) 2 (3J) 2 (3J) Notes:. The electromagnetic brake is for holding. It cannot be used for deceleration applications. 2. The brake gap cannot be adjusted. The brake life shows time until the readjustment is needed. 34

36 Motor Special Specifications Special shaft end specifications Motors with the following specifications are available. HF-KP/HF-MP series -cut shaft (Note ) (5, ) ø8h Keyway shaft with key (Note ) (2, 4, 75) Motor model HF-KPMK HF-MPMK apacity () 2, 4 75 T 5 S 4h 9h R 3 4 Q ariable dimensions 5 QK 2 25 QL Y M4 screw epth: 5mm M5 screw epth: 2mm R Q QK QL (nit: mm) øs T - Y (nit: mm) HF-SP, H-LP, H-RP, H-P, H-LP series Keyway shaft without key (Note, 2) R Motor model HF-SPMK H-LPMK apacity (k).5 to.5 2. to 7. ariable dimensions S R Q QK QL r Y h Fig. Q QK QL øs H-RPMK.,.5, , 5. 24h 28h M8 screw epth: 2mm r - Y H-PMK h 28h Fig. 2., 3.5, R Motor model (H-LPMK), 4, 7M, 7M4, 52, 72, K2, K24 8, 2K, 84, 2K4, KM, 5KM, KM4,5KM4, 5K2, 22K2, 5K24, 22K24 5K, 2K, 5K4, 2K4, 22KM, 3KM, 22KM4, 3KM4, 3K2, 37K2, 3K24, 37K24 25K, 3K, 25K4, 3K4, 37KM, 37KM4, 45KM4, 45K24, 55K24 37K, 37K4, 5KM4 ariable dimensions S R Q QK QL r Y h m m m m Same as standard motor s straight shaft. Fig. B Q QK QL Fig.B r - øs Y (nit: mm) Notes:. The motors with the keyway shaft (with/without key) and the -cut shaft cannot be used in frequent start/stop applications. 2. key is not supplied with the motor. The key shall be installed by the user. 3. For HF-S2K, the variable dimensions are same as the lower row, 2. to 7.k. 35

37 Peripheral Equipment (MR-J3-) onnections with peripheral equipment (Note ) Peripheral equipment is connected to MR-J3- as described below. onnectors, options, and other necessary equipment are available so that users can set up MR-J3- easily and begin using it right away. Power supply 3-phase 2 to 23 or -phase 2 to 23 or 3-phase 38 to 48 isplay panel isplays monitoring data, parameters, and alarms. Setting section Parameter settings and monitoring etc. are executed with push buttons. SB communication (N5) (option) Monitoring, batch parameter entry and saving, graph display and test operation can be performed with MR onfigurator (setup software) when connecting to user s personal computer. Optional SB cable (MR-J3SBBM) is necessary. ircuit breaker (NFB) sed to protect the power supply line. <ith front cover open> Magnetic contactor (M) sed to turn off the servo amplifier s power when an alarm has been triggered. MR-J3- nalog monitor output (N): Option The speed or torque s analog signal is output. (2ch) RS-422 communication (N3) The parameter unit or GOT can be connected. (Note 2) Parameter unit MR-PR3 GOT Power factor improvement reactor (FR-BEL) Optional regeneration unit (option) Install this unit in situations involving frequent regeneration and large load inertia moments. onnect this unit referring to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL. Motor power supply cable (option) P harge lamp Illuminates when the main circuit power supply is ON. o not plug/unplug power lines when this lamp is ON. Junction terminal block (option) ll signals can be received easily at this terminal block without connecting the signals to N. Positioning controllers MR-J3- can be connected to a Mitsubishi controller or any pulse train output controller. Servo motor (The picture is of HF-K3.) Encoder cable (option) Battery (option) The battery (MR-J3BT) is required when the servo system is in absolute mode. Leave the control circuit power supply ON while replacing the battery. Not required when the servo system is in incremental mode. FX 2N-GM FX 2N-2GM FX 2N-PG FX 2N-PG Q75P Q75, 2, 4, 2, 4 S75P to 3 ontrol signal (for operation panel) onnected to the Programmable controller s I/O port or the machine s operation panel. Notes:. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for the actual connections. 2. personal computer can be connected using a RS-422/RS-232 converter and a conversion cable (refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers in this catalog). In this case, some functions of MR onfigurator (setup software) may be limited. 3. The connections with peripheral equipment shown above is for the MR-J3-35 or smaller servo amplifier. 3

38 mplifier Specifications MR-J3- servo amplifier specifications: /2, 22k or smaller model MR-J K 5K 22K 2 4 Main circuit power supply oltage/frequency (Note, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation 3-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz or -phase 2 to 23 5/Hz (Note ) For 3-phase 2 to 23: 3-phase7 to 253 For -phase 2 to 23: -phase7 to phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 3-phase 7 to 253 -phase to 2 5/Hz -phase 85 to 32 Permissible frequency fluctuation ±5% maximum ontrol circuit power supply Interface power supply Regenerative resistor/ tolerable regenerative power () (Note 3, 4) ontrol system ynamic brake Safety features oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () Built-in regenerative resistor External regenerative resistor (Standard accessory) (Note 5, ) -phase 2 to 23 5/Hz (Note ) 3 -phase 7 to 253 -phase 2 to 23 5/Hz ±5% maximum 24 ±% (required current capacity: 3m (Note 7)) phase to 2 5/Hz -phase 85 to 32 Sine-wave PM control/current control system Built-in (Note 8) External option Built-in (Note 8) Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection (8) 85 (3) 85 (3) 3 Position control mode Speed control mode Maximum input pulse frequency Positioning feedback pulse ommand pulse multiple Positioning complete width setting Excess error Torque limit Speed control nalog speed command input Speed fluctuation rate Mpps (when using differential receiver), 2kpps (when using open collector), (4Mpps (Note )) Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 2244 p/rev Electronic gear /B multiple, : to 4857, B: to 4857, / < /B < 2 to ± pulses (command pulse unit) ±3 rotations Set by parameters or external analog input ( to +/maximum torque) nalog speed command :2, internal speed command :5 to ±/rated speed (possible to change the speed in using the parameter No. 2.) (Note 2) ±.% maximum (load fluctuation to %) % (power fluctuation ±%) ±.2% maximum (ambient temperature 25 ± (77 F±5 F)), when using analog speed command Torque limit Set by parameters or external analog input ( to +/maximum torque) (Note 2) Torque control mode Structure Environment Mass (kg [lb]) nalog torque command input Speed limit mbient temperature (Note ) mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration Self-cooling open (IP).8 (.8).8 (.8) to ±8/maximum torque (input impedance to 2kΩ) (Note 2) Fan cooling open (IP) to 55 (32 to 3 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 49 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level. (2.2) Set by parameters or external analog input ( to ±/rated speed). (2.2).4 (3.).4 (3.) 2.3 (5.) 5.9m/s 2 maximum 2.3 (5.) 4. ().2 (4) 8 (4) 8 (4) 9 (42) Self-cooling open (IP).8 (.8).8 (.8). (2.2) 37 Notes:. Rated output and rated speed of the servo motor used in combination with the servo amplifier are as indicated when using the power supply voltage and frequency listed. The torque drops when the power supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the capacity selection software. 4. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (). 5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-MK-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.. The value applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow:.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required. 7. 3m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-M -E and MR-J3-M-E, are also available. 9. The MR-J3-35 or smaller servo amplifier can be installed closely. In this case, keep the ambient temperature within to 45 (32 to 3 F), or use the servo amplifier with 75% or less of the effective load rate.. The special specification model, MR-J3-M-4, is also available for -phase 2 to Mpps compatible servo amplifier (MR-J3-M()-KE) is also available. 2. set of MR-J3-M()-RJ4 and the extension IO unit, MR-J3-, is available for high resolution analog speed torque command.

39 mplifier Specifications MR-J3- servo amplifier specifications: 2, 3k or larger rive unit Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply rive unit model Interface power supply ontrol system ynamic brake Safety features Position control mode Speed control mode oltage/frequency (Note ) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () Maximum input pulse frequency Positioning feedback pulse ommand pulse multiple Positioning complete width setting Excess error Torque limit Speed control nalog speed command input Speed fluctuation rate MR-J3-3K MR-J3-37K The drive unit s main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit. -phase 2 to 23 5/Hz -phase 7 to 253 ±5% maximum ±% (required current capacity: 3m ) Sine-wave PM control/current control system External option Overcurrent shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Mpps (when using differential receiver), 2kpps (when using open collector) Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 2244 p/rev Electronic gear /B multiple, : to 4857, B: to 4857, / < /B < 2 to ± pulses (command pulse unit) ±3 rotations Set by parameters or external analog input ( to +/maximum torque) nalog speed command :2, internal speed command :5 to ±/rated speed (possible to change the speed in using the parameter No. 2.) ±.% maximum (load fluctuation to %) % (power fluctuation ±%) ±.2% maximum (ambient temperature 25 ± (77 F±5 F)), when using analog speed command onverter unit rive unit/ onverter unit Torque control mode Structure Mass (kg [lb]) onverter unit model Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply Interface power supply Safety features Structure Mass (kg [lb]) Environment Torque limit nalog torque command input Speed limit oltage/frequency (Note, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () mbient temperature mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration Set by parameters or external analog input ( to +/maximum torque) to ±8/maximum torque (input impedance to 2kΩ) Set by parameters or external analog input ( to ±/rated speed) Fan cooling open (IP) 2 (57) MR-J3-R55K 3-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 3-phase 7 to 253 ±5% maximum -phase 2 to 23 5/Hz -phase 7 to 253 ±5% maximum ±% (required current capacity: 3m ) Regeneration overvoltage shutdown, regeneration fault protection, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), undervoltage/sudden power outage protection Fan cooling open (IP) 25 (55) to 55 (32 to 3 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 49 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level 5.9m/s 2 maximum Notes:. Rated output and rated speed of the servo motor used in combination with the drive unit and the converter unit are as indicated when using the power supply voltage and frequency listed. The torque drops when the power supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. The interface power supply can be shared with the drive unit and the converter unit. hen all of the input/output points are used, 3m is required for the drive unit, and 3m is required for the converter unit. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 38

40 mplifier Specifications MR-J3- servo amplifier specifications: 4, 22k or smaller Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply model MR-J3- Interface power supply Regenerative resistor/ tolerable regenerative power () (Note 3, 4) ontrol system ynamic brake Safety features oltage/frequency (Note, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () Built-in regenerative resistor External regenerative resistor (Standard accessory) (Note 5, ) K4 5K4 22K4 5 3-phase 38 to 48 5/Hz 3-phase 323 to 528 -phase 38 to 48 5/Hz -phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum ±% (required current capacity: 3m (Note 7)) 5 ±5% maximum 3 (Note 9) 7 (Note 9) Sine-wave PM control/current control system Built-in (Note 8, ) External option Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection 5 (8) 85 (3) 85 (3) Position control mode Speed control mode Maximum input pulse frequency Positioning feedback pulse ommand pulse multiple Positioning complete width setting Excess error Torque limit Speed control nalog speed command input Speed fluctuation rate Mpps (when using differential receiver), 2kpps (when using open collector) Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 2244 p/rev Electronic gear /B multiple, : to 4857, B: to 4857, / < /B < 2 to ± pulses (command pulse unit) ±3 rotations Set by parameters or external analog input ( to +/maximum torque) nalog speed command :2, internal speed command :5 to ±/rated speed (possible to change the speed in using the parameter No. 2.) (Note ) ±.% maximum (load fluctuation to %) % (power fluctuation ±%) ±.2% maximum (ambient temperature 25 ± (77 F±5 F)), when using analog speed command Torque limit Set by parameters or external analog input ( to +/maximum torque) (Note ) Torque control mode Structure Environment Mass (kg [lb]) nalog torque command input Speed limit mbient temperature (Note ) mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration to ±8/maximum torque (input impedance to 2kΩ) (Note ) Self-cooling open (IP) Fan cooling open (IP) to 55 (32 to 3 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 49 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level.7 (3.7).7 (3.7) Set by parameters or external analog input ( to ±/rated speed) 2. (4.) 4. () 5.9m/s 2 maximum 4. ().2 (4) 8 (4) 8 (4) 9 (42) Notes:. Rated output and rated speed of the servo motor used in combination with the servo amplifier are as indicated when using the power supply voltage and frequency listed. The torque drops when the power supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the capacity selection software. 4. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (). 5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-MK4-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.. The value applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow:.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required. 7. 3m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-M4 -E, are also available. 9. The amplifier built-in resistor is compatible with the maximum torque deceleration when the motor is used within the rated speed and the recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio. ontact Mitsubishi if the operating motor speed and the load/motor inertia moment ratio exceed the rated speed and the recommended ratio.. For the servo amplifier 5k or 7k, the load/motor of inertia moment ratio must be 5 times or less when the amplifier built-in dynamic brake is used, and the motor speed exceeds 2r/min.. For the servo amplifier k to 22k, a set of MR-J3-M4-RJ4 and the extension IO unit, MR-J3-, is available for high resolution analog speed torque command. 7k or smaller, compatible with high resolution analog speed torque command, will be available. 39

41 mplifier Specifications MR-J3- servo amplifier specifications: 4, 3k or larger Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply rive unit model Interface power supply ontrol system ynamic brake oltage/frequency (Note ) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () MR-J3-3K4 MR-J3-37K4 MR-J3-45K4 The drive unit s main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit. -phase 38 to 48 5/Hz -phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum ±% (required current capacity: 3m ) Sine-wave PM control/current control system External option MR-J3-55K4 rive unit Safety features Position control mode Speed control mode Maximum input pulse frequency Positioning feedback pulse ommand pulse multiple Positioning complete width setting Excess error Torque limit Speed control nalog speed command input Speed fluctuation rate Overcurrent shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Mpps (when using differential receiver), 2kpps (when using open collector) Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 2244 p/rev Electronic gear /B multiple, : to 4857, B: to 4857 / < /B < 2 to ± pulses (command pulse unit) ±3 rotations Set by parameters or external analog input ( to +/maximum torque) nalog speed command :2, internal speed command :5 to ±/rated speed (possible to change the speed in using the parameter No. 2.) ±.% maximum (load fluctuation to %) % (power fluctuation ±%) ±.2% maximum (ambient temperature 25 ± (77 F±5 F)), when using analog speed command Torque control mode Torque limit nalog torque command input Speed limit Set by parameters or external analog input ( to +/maximum torque) to ±8/maximum torque (input impedance to 2kΩ) Set by parameters or external analog input ( to ±/rated speed) onverter unit Structure Fan cooling open (IP) Mass (kg [lb]) 8 (4) 2 (57) Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply onverter unit model Interface power supply Safety features oltage/frequency (Note, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () MR-J3-R55K4 3-phase 38 to 48 5/Hz 3-phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum -phase 38 to 48 5/Hz -phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum ±% (required current capacity: 3m ) Regeneration overvoltage shutdown, regeneration fault protection, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), undervoltage/sudden power outage protection rive unit/ onverter unit Structure Mass (kg [lb]) Environment mbient temperature mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration Fan cooling open (IP) 25 (55) to 55 (32 to 3 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 49 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level 5.9m/s 2 maximum Notes:. Rated output and rated speed of the servo motor used in combination with the drive unit and the converter unit are as indicated when using the power supply voltage and frequency listed. The torque drops when the power supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. The interface power supply can be shared with the drive unit and the converter unit. hen all of the input/output points are used, 3m is required for the drive unit, and 3m is required for the converter unit. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 4

42 Standard iring iagram MR-J3-MM: Position control operation onnection example to Q75 (position servo, incremental) Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples () to (). Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply MR-J3-M//4 For MR-J3-M-KE (Note 4) (Note 2) Positioning unit Q7M 24 power supply for interface LEROM LER PLSE F+ PLSE F PLSE R+ PLSE R PG PG OM PLSE OM (Note 3) m maximum IOM OOM R PP PG NP NG LZ LZR LG S Servo amplifier (Note 5) N PLTE 4 Positioning unit Q75 (Note 2) Name LER OM LER RY OM REY PLSE F+ PLSE F PLSE R+ PLSE R PG PG OM ontrol common (Note 8) Encoder -phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) ontrol common ontrol common Encoder Z-phase pulse (open collector) pper limit setting nalog torque limit +/maximum torque 24 power supply for interface Pin No. MM4 MM3 MM2 MM MM5 MM MM7 MM8 MM 9 MM + 2m maximum m maximum N IOM OOM R OP R PP PG NP NG LZ LZR LG L 4 LR 5 LB LBR 7 LG OP 5R S PLTE m maximum (Note 2) Emergency stop EMG 42 Servo on SON 5 Reset RES 9 Proportional control P 7 Torque limit selection TL 8 (Note 4) Forward stroke end LSP 43 Reverse stroke end LSN 44 OOM 47 m maximum (Note ) IOM 2 (Note ) Malfunction R LM 48 R Zero speed detection 2 ZSP 23 R Torque limit in effect 3 TL 25 In-position INP 24 R 4 5R TL 27 LG 28 S PLTE 2 (Note 5) 4 (Note 2) m maximum Monitor output Maximum +m total ouble oscillation MR onfigurator (Setup software) N (± output) MRZJ3-SETME MO nalog monitor output LG kω MO2 nalog monitor output 2 2m maximum 2m maximum Notes:. o not reverse the diode s direction. onnecting it backwards could cause the servo amplifier to malfunction such that the signals are not output, and the emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. se the power supply 24±% (required current capacity: 3m). 3m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. Note that the current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 3. lways turn on the emergency stop (EMG) signal (normally closed contact) before starting the operation. If not, the operation will not start. 4. lways turn on the forward/reverse stroke end (LSP/LSN) signals (normally closed contact) before starting the operation. If not, the commands will not be accepted. 5. Signals with the same name are connected internally.. The malfunction (LM) signal is conducted to OOM in normal alarm-free condition. 7. onnect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 8. This connection is not necessary for Q75 of the positioning unit. Note that the connection between LG and the control common terminal is recommended to increase noise resistance, depending on the positioning unit being used. 9. The cable length up to 3m is possible in a low noise environment.. For the final axis, connect TRE and RN.. personal computer can also be connected using the RS-422/RS-232 conversion cable (refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers in this catalog). 2. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 3. F goods (Model: F-BLQ75M2J3(-P)/-(P)) cannot be used. 4. o not use the connector N2L N3 SP SN RP RN LG LG TRE N4 BT LG N5 BS GN SHELL SHIEL N2 onnector N2 connection The connection differs according to each servo motor. Refer to the connector N2 connection examples (7) to (). RS-422 (Note ) RP RN SP SN GN GN (Note ) 3m maximum Mount the optional battery (MR-J3BT) when using with the absolute system. SB (Note 9) BS + GN SHELL kω Personal computer running Microsoft indows

43 Standard iring iagram MR-J3-MM: Speed control operation onnection example Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples () to (). Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply MR-J3-M//4 N2 onnector N2 connection The connection differs according to each servo motor. Refer to the connector N2 connection examples (7) to (). (Note 2) 24 power supply for interface + N IOM OOM 2 4 (Note 5) Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder -phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) ontrol common ontrol common Encoder Z-phase pulse (open collector) Emergency stop Servo on Reset Speed selection Speed selection 2 Forward rotation start Reverse rotation start (Note 4) Forward stroke end Reverse stroke end (Note ) Malfunction Zero speed detection Torque limit in effect pper limit setting nalog torque limit +/maximum torque Ready Speed reached pper limit setting nalog speed command ±/rated speed (in this wiring diagram, +/rated speed) 2m maximum LZ LZR L LR LB LBR LG OP 5R S 2m maximum m maximum m maximum (Note ) R R 2 R 3 R 4 R 5 m maximum PLTE EMG 42 SON 5 RES 9 S 4 S ST 7 ST2 8 LSP 43 LSN OOM IOM 2 LM 48 ZSP 23 TL 25 R S R TL 27 LG 28 S 2 PLTE (Note ) N3 SP SN RP RN LG LG TRE N5 BS GN SHELL SHIEL N MO LG MO2 RS-422 (Note ) RP RN SP SN GN GN (Note 9) 3m maximum SB (Note 8) 3m maximum Monitor output Maximum +m total ouble oscillation (± output) 2m maximum BS + GN SHELL Personal computer running Microsoft indows nalog monitor output kω nalog monitor output 2 kω MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SETME Notes:. o not reverse the diode s direction. onnecting it backwards could cause the servo amplifier to malfunction such that the signals are not output, and the emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. se the power supply 24±% (required current capacity: 3m). 3m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. Note that the current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 3. lways turn on the emergency stop (EMG) signal (normally closed contact) before starting the operation. If not, the operation will not start. 4. lways turn on the forward/reverse stroke end (LSP/LSN) signals (normally closed contact) before starting the operation. If not, the commands will not be accepted. 5. Signals with the same name are connected internally.. The malfunction (LM) signal is conducted to OOM in normal alarm-free condition. 7. onnect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 8. The cable length up to 3m is possible in a low noise environment. 9. For the final axis, connect TRE and RN.. personal computer can also be connected using the RS-422/RS-232 conversion cable (refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers in this catalog).. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 42

44 Standard iring iagram MR-J3-MM: Torque control operation onnection example Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples () to (). Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply MR-J3-M//4 N2 onnector N2 connection The connection differs according to each servo motor. Refer to the connector N2 connection examples (7) to (). (Note 2) 24 power supply for interface + N IOM OOM 2 4 (Note 4) Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder -phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) ontrol common ontrol common Encoder Z-phase pulse (open collector) Emergency stop Servo on Reset Speed selection Speed selection 2 Forward rotation selection Reverse rotation selection (Note 5) Malfunction Zero speed detection Speed limit in effect nalog torque command ±8/maximum torque (in this wiring diagram, +8/maximum torque) nalog speed limit ±/rated speed (in this wiring diagram, +/rated speed) Ready LZ LZR L LR LB LBR LG 34 OP 33 5R S PLTE 2m maximum m maximum (Note ) EMG 42 SON 5 RES 9 S 4 S RS 8 RS2 7 OOM 47 m maximum (Note ) R R 2 R 3 R 4 m maximum pper limit setting pper limit setting 2m maximum IOM 2 LM 48 ZSP 23 L 25 R 49 5R T 27 LG 28 L S 2 PLTE N3 SP SN RP RN LG LG TRE N5 BS GN SHELL SHIEL N MO LG MO2 RS-422 (Note 9) (Note 8) 3m maximum SB (Note 7) 3m maximum 2m maximum kω nalog monitor output 2 kω RP RN SP SN GN GN BS + GN SHELL Personal computer running Microsoft indows Monitor output Maximum +m total ouble oscillation (± output) nalog monitor output MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SETME Notes:. o not reverse the diode s direction. onnecting it backwards could cause the servo amplifier to malfunction such that the signals are not output, and the emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. se the power supply 24±% (required current capacity: 3m). 3m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. Note that the current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 3. lways turn on the emergency stop (EMG) signal (normally closed contact) before starting the operation. If not, the operation will not start. 4. Signals with the same name are connected internally. 5. The malfunction (LM) signal is conducted to OOM in normal alarm-free condition.. onnect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 7. The cable length up to 3m is possible in a low noise environment. 8. For the final axis, connect TRE and RN. 9. personal computer can also be connected using the RS-422/RS-232 conversion cable (refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers in this catalog).. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 43

45 Standard iring iagram Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples () -phase (2) -phase 2 Power supply -phase to 2 NFB M Power factor improvement reactor FR-BEL N N Power supply -phase 2 to 23 (Note ) NFB M Power factor improvement reactor FR-BEL N N Optional regeneration unit (Note 4) P N Built-in regenerative resistor Optional regeneration unit (Note 4) P N Built-in regenerative resistor The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit or the reactor is incorrectly connected. The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit or the reactor is incorrectly connected. (3) 3-phase 2.k to 3.5k or 3-phase 4.k to 2k (4) 3-phase 2 5k or 7k, or 3-phase 4 3.5k to 7k Power supply 3-phase 2 to 23 or 3-phase 38 to 48 NFB M Power factor improvement reactor FR-BEL N() N (Note 2) Power supply 3-phase 2 to 23 or 3-phase 38 to 48 NFB M (Note 5) Optional regeneration unit P TE Built-in regenerative resistor Optional regeneration unit (Note 4) The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit or the reactor is incorrectly connected. P(+) (Note 2) N Built-in regenerative resistor Power factor improvement reactor FR-BEL The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit or the reactor is incorrectly connected. N TE3 TE2 Notes:. hen using a -phase 2 to 23, connect the power supply to the and terminals. o not connect anything to. 2. N- and P+ are for 3-phase 4 servo amplifiers. For 3-phase 2, the terminals are N and P. 3. isconnect and when using the reactor. 4. isconnect P(+) and when connecting the optional regeneration unit externally. 5. isconnect the wires for the built-in regenerative resistor (P and ) when connecting the optional regeneration unit externally. 44

46 + Standard iring iagram (5) 3-phase 2/4 k to 22k Power supply 3-phase 2 to 23 or 3-phase 38 to 48 NFB M (Note ) Optional regeneration unit Power factor improvement reactor FR-BEL (Note 2) P TE N TE The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit or the reactor is incorrectly connected. () 3-phase 2/4 3k or larger Power supply 3-phase 2 to 23 or 3-phase 38 to 48 Step-down transformer (Note 7) NFB M onverter unit TE- TE2-2 L+ L TE3 N4 (Note 3) + IOM N 24 power supply for interface OOM 5 (Note 8) IOM R 2 LM 2 (Note ) (Note 9) EM 7 EM (Note 5) OOM 9 M N (Note 2) Power factor M2 2 improvement reactor MR-L TE-2 (Note 4) rive unit alarm R P P P G3 G4 G3 G4 G3 G4 Optional (Note 5) Optional (Note 5) Optional (Note 5) regeneration unit regeneration unit regeneration unit FN R S FN R S FN R S onverter unit alarm R2 Servo motor thermal sensor R3 (Note 4) ontroller emergency stop R4 EM MR-J3L5M able Terminal connector MR-J3-TM The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit or the reactor is incorrectly connected. Ready OFF/ON B To 24 power supply M SK TE2- L+ L N4 TE N4B (Note ) (Note ) TE3 rive unit Servo motor H-LP3k or larger (2) H-L5k or larger (4) OHS2 To reactor N3 IOM (Note 8) 5 LM R (Note 3) 5 (Note 9) IOM + 24 power supply for interface 3 OOM 2 EM PLTE S EM (Note 5) B R3 OHS Servo motor thermal 24 power supply Notes:. s, k or larger do not have a built-in regenerative resistor. 2. Remove the short bar between P and when using the reactor. 3. This wiring diagram is for MR-J3-MB(4). For MR-J3-M(4), refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL. 4. Remove the short bar between and when using the reactor. 5. This is for MR-RB37 (for 2) or MR-RB38-4 (for 4). Three units of MR-RB37 or MR-RB38-4 are required for each converter unit (tolerable regenerative power 39).. The phases of the power supply connected to and on the converter unit and the drive unit must always match the phases connected to and. n incorrect connection could damage the drive unit and/or the converter unit. 7. This is for 4. The 2 does not require a step-down transformer. 8. o not reverse the diode s direction. onnecting it backwards could cause the drive unit and/or the converter unit to malfunction such that the signals are not output, and the emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 9. Select a device that does not make the circuit current exceed 4m.. The malfunction (LM) signal is conducted to OOM in normal alarm-free condition.. lways connect the terminal connector (MR-J3-TM) to N4B. 2. M and M2 outputs are controlled by the converter unit. To invalidate N, creating a system same as that of the prior servo amplifier; refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 3. The interface power supply can be shared with the drive unit and the converter unit. hen all of the input/output points are used, 5m is required for the drive unit and 3m for the converter unit. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. 4. converter unit is required per drive unit. 5. reate a circuit that shuts off the forced stop (EM) of the converter unit and the drive unit at the same time.

47 Standard iring iagram onnector N2 connection examples (7) HF-KP/MP series MR-J3-M()/B() (-RJ)/T() NP3 N2 P5 2 LG 3 MR 4 MRR 7 M 8 MR 9 BT PLTE S 24 for the electromagnetic brake (Note ) Servo motor HF-KP/MP series SM B B2 2 EMG Shut off when the (Note 2) servo on signal or the alarm signal turns off. P5 LG MR MRR M MR BT S Electromagnetic brake Encoder (8) HF-SP series (9) H-LP/RP/P series or H-LP52/72 MR-J3-M(4)/ B(4)(-RJ)/T(4) Servo motor HF-SP series NP3 (Note 4) B SM Electromagnetic brake B 24 for the electromagnetic brake B2 2 EMG (Note 2) Shut off when the servo on signal or the alarm signal turns off. N2 P5 P5 LG LG MR MR MRR (Note ) MRR M M MR MR BT BT Encoder MR-J3-M/B (-RJ)/T PLTE NP3 (Note 4) N2 P5 LG MR MRR M MR BT S 24 for the electromagnetic brake EMG Shut off when the servo on signal or the alarm signal turns off. (Note ) Servo motor H-LP/RP/P series H-LP52/72 B SM B G B2 H (Note 2) P5 LG MR MRR M MR BT S Electromagnetic brake Encoder PLTE S S Notes:. Refer to MR-J3 SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. hen using a four-wire type cable (MR-EKBM-H/-L to MR-EKBL5M-H/-L) for HF-KP/HF-MP series, change the parameter No. 2 for MR-J3-MM or MR-J3-MTM, or P4 for MR-J3-MBM. 2. This is for the motor with an electromagnetic brake. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B, B2) do not have polarity. separate connector from the motor power supply connector is prepared as an electromagnetic brake connector for H-L2B, 32B, and H-2B to 52B. 3. For grounding, connect the ground wire to the control box s protection ground terminal via the servo amplifier s protection ground (PE) terminal. 4. For servo amplifiers, 2 5k or larger and 4 3.5k or larger,,, terminals are available in TE. 4

48 Standard iring iagram () H-L(4)/7M(4)/8(4) or H-LP series k or larger MR-J3-M(4)/B(4) (-RJ)/T(4) rive unit MR-J3-M/B(4) (Note 5) TE Servo motor H-L(4)/7M(4)/8(4) H-Lk series or larger (Note 4) SM N2 P5 (Note 4) 24 for the electromagnetic brake EMG Shut off when the servo on signal or the alarm signal turns off. B B B2 P5 (Note 2) Electromagnetic brake 2 LG LG 3 MR MR 4 MRR 7 M 8 MR 9 BT PLTE S (Note ) MRR M MR BT S Encoder FN B B B NFB OHS (Note ) OHS2 Servo motor thermal R power supply Notes:. Refer to MR-J3 SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 2. The electromagnetic brake terminals (B, B2) do not have polarity. 3. lways supply power to the fan terminal. The power supply differs according to the motor. Refer to ooling fan power supply under the Motor Specifications in this catalog. 4. hen using the servo amplifier 22k or smaller, connect the ground wire to the control box s protection ground terminal via the servo amplifier s protection ground (PE) terminal. hen using the drive unit, connect the servo motor s ground wire to the protection ground (PE) terminal of the drive unit. Put the ground wires of the drive unit and the converter unit together into one on the protection ground terminal in the control box, and then connect to ground. 5. For H-L(4) and H-LP7M(4),,, terminals are available in TE.. Make sure that the current flowing to the servo motor thermal circuit is between.5 and 3. 47

49 mplifier imensions MR-J3-MM (nit: mm) MR-J3-, 2,, 2 (Note) ø mounting hole 4 pprox < Terminal arment > < Terminal arment > PE 5 N N NP3 N P N N3 N N5 8 N N P N N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 HRGE (25.5) N4 N2L N2 (4) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) N NP3 N NP3 For -phase For 3-phase 2 or -phase 2 MR-J3-4,, 4 (Note) ø mounting hole 4 pprox. 8 7 < Terminal arment > < Terminal arment > PE 5 N N NP3 N P HRGE (25.5) N N3 N N5 N4 N2L N2 8 (4) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) N N NP3 N P N N NP3 N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 For -phase For 3-phase 2 or -phase 2 MR-J3-7, (Note) ø mounting hole 2 < Terminal arment > PE 5 pprox N N NP3 N P N N3 N N5 8 N N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 HRGE N4 N2L N2 N 2 42 (25.5) (4) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) Fan (airflow direction) NP3 48 Note: The connectors N, N and NP3 (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.

50 mplifier imensions (nit: mm) MR-J3-4, 4 (Note) ø mounting hole 2 pprox < Terminal arment > PE 5 N N NP3 N- P+ HRGE N4 N2L N2 N N3 N N5 8 N N N P+ Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M (25.5) (4) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) NP3 MR-J3-2, 35 (Note) < Terminal arment > 5 ø mounting hole pprox N HRGE N NP3 P N N4 N2L N2 N N3 N N5 8 N NP3 N N P (25.5) 78 (4) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) Fan (airflow direction) PE Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 MR-J3-24 (Note) 5 N N NP3 N P+ 45 HRGE 9 85 ø mounting hole (25.5) 78 N4 N2L N2 N N3 N N5 (4) 8 pprox hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) Fan (airflow direction) < Terminal arment > PE N N Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 P+ N 49 NP3 Note: The connectors N, N and NP3 (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.

51 OPEN OPEN N5 N N3 N N2 N P OPEN N HGE P OPEN mplifier imensions (nit: mm) MR-J3-5, 354, 54 (7.5) ø mounting hole pprox Fan (airflow direction) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) FN HRGE N4 N2L N2 N N3 N N5 hen MR-J3BT is mounted 2.5 TE2 N5 N N3 N N2 N4N2L TE3 TE < Terminal screw size > TE: M4 TE2: M3.5 ( ) TE3: M4 PE: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 < Terminal arment > TE2 TE3 N (7.5) Three ground terminals (M4) TE P Built-in regenerative brake resistor lead terminal fixing screw PE MR-J3-7, 74 3 (7.5) 285 (7.5) pprox ø mounting hole Fan (airflow direction) HRGE N4 N2L N2 N N3 N N5 hen MR-J3BT is mounted FN TE3. The TE2 terminal screw size will be M3.5 from pril 27. For the servo amplifiers manufactured on or before March 27, the terminal screw size is M3. Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) HRGE TE Three ground terminals (M4) Built-in regenerative brake resistor lead terminal fixing screw N4 N2L N2 N N3 N N5 TE2 < Terminal screw size > TE: M4 TE2: M3.5 ( ) TE3: M4 PE: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 < Terminal arment > TE3 TE PE N P TE2. The TE2 terminal screw size will be M3.5 from pril 27. For the servo amplifiers manufactured on or before March 27, the terminal screw size is M3. MR-J3-K to 22K, K4 to 22K ø2 mounting hole pprox. 8 2 Fan (airflow direction) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) N5 N N3 N N HRGE N4 N2L hen MR-J3BT is mounted P TE =5 N < Terminal arment > TE P N < Terminal screw size > Terminals Model MR-J3-K(4), 5K(4),,,,,,, P,, N, M, M4 MR-J3-22K(4) M8 M < Mounting screw size > M

52 rive nit imensions MR-J3-M(4) (nit: mm) MR-J3-3K, 37K, 45K4, 55K4 2-ø7 mounting hole 38 3 () (2) 7 N4 N4B N4 N2L N2 N N3 N N5 pprox. 8 hen MR-J3BT is mounted pprox. 2 (Note) (2) Fan (airflow direction) 338 Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) TE2- PE N4 N4B TE N5 N N3 N N2 TE3 < Terminal screw size > TE: M TE2-: M TE3: M4 PE: M < Mounting screw size > M < Terminal arment > TE2- L+ L PE TE TE3 277 MR-J3-3K4, 37K4 2-ø mounting hole 24 2 () pprox. 8 pprox. 2 (Note) 8 Fan (airflow direction) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) N N4 N4B N4 N2L N2 N N3 N N5 338 N4 N4B N N3 N N2 hen MR-J3BT is mounted TE2 TE3 () (2) PE TE < Terminal screw size > TE: M8 TE2: M TE3: M4 PE: M8 < Mounting screw size > M5 < Terminal arment > TE2 L+ L PE TE3 TE Note: The dimension applies when MR-J3BT is mounted.

53 onverter nit imensions MR-J3-R55K(4) MR-J3-R55K, R55K4 (Note) (nit: mm) 38 () 3 2-ø7 mounting hole (2) N N 7 HRGE N4 N N3 pprox. 8 (2) Fan (airflow direction) 338 PE Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) N N TE- TE2-2 TE-2 PE N N4 N3 < Terminal screw size > TE-: M TE3 TE-2: M TE2-2: M TE3: M4 PE: M < Mounting screw size > M < Terminal arment > TE2-2 L+ L TE3 PE TE- TE-2 PE 277 Panel-cut dimensions for converter unit and drive unit (Note) (9.5) (2) 3 2 (3) (5) onverter unit Hole rive unit Hole () (9) 4-M screw 4- screw (9) () rive unit model ariable dimensions MR-J3-3K/B, 37K/B, 45K4/B4, 55K4/B M MR-J3-3K4/B4, 37K4/B M5 52 Note: The converter unit dimensions and the panel-cut dimensions for the converter unit and the drive unit are same for MR-J3-M(4) and MR-J3-MB(4).

54 Peripheral Equipment (MR-J3-B) onnections with peripheral equipment (Note ) Peripheral equipment is connected to MR-J3-B as described below. onnectors, cables, options, and other necessary equipment are available so that users can set up MR-J3-B easily and begin using it right away. Through its SSNET3-compatible simple connections, the MR-J3-B series reduce wiring time and chances of wiring errors. <SSNET# compatible controller> Q72HP Maximum 8-axis control Q73HP Maximum 32-axis (Maximum axes/system 2) control onnect the connector to the SSNET3 compatible controller. MR-J3- B (Note 2) Q75MH Maximum 4-axis control FX3-2SS-H 2-axis control <ith front cover open> B connector N5 for SB communication (Option) In addition to the traditional functions, the MR onfigurator (setup software) can be used by connecting to a motion controller (Q72HP, Q73HP). The parameters for several axes can be set, and several axes can be monitored. SSNET3 N connector (For main circuit power supply) o not tighten the cable with cable ties, etc. N N connector (For control circuit power supply) mini-b connector N3 for input/output signal (Option) This option is required for using the forced stop input, in-position, magnetic brake interlock or malfunction signal. o not directly look at the light when the cable is not connected. isplay panel isplays servo amplifier status and alarm numbers. xis setting section Selects an axis using the axis selection rotary switch (S). N for connecting SSNET3 (Previous) onnects the controller for the SSNET3 or the previous axis servo amplifier. NP3 connector (For motor power supply) NB N2 N NB N N Servo motor (The picture is of HF-K3.) harge lamp Illuminates when the main circuit power supply is ON. o not plug/ unplug power lines when this lamp is ON. N2 Battery (option) The battery (MR-J3BT) is required when the servo system is in absolute mode. Leave the control circuit power supply ON while replacing the battery. Not required when the servo system is in incremental mode. N2 ttach the cap to the unused connector to prevent adhesion of dirt. NB NB for connecting SSNET3 (Next) onnects the next servo amplifier axis. Notes:. Refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for the actual connections. 2. The connections with the peripheral equipment shown above apply for MR-J3-35B or smaller servo amplifier. 3. The cable for connecting the controller and a personal computer must be prepared by the user. Refer to MOTION ONTROLLER Q series ser s Manual for details. 53

55 mplifier Specifications MR-J3-B servo amplifier specifications: /2, 22k or smaller model MR-J3- B 2B 4B B 7B B 2B 35B 5B 7B KB 5KB 22KB B 2B 4B Main circuit power supply oltage/frequency (Note, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation 3-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz or -phase 2 to 23 5/Hz (Note ) For 3-phase 2 to 23: 3-phase 7 to 253 For -phase 2 to 23: -phase 7 to phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 3-phase 7 to 253 ±5% maximum -phase to 2 5/Hz -phase 85 to 32 ontrol circuit power supply Interface power supply Regenerative resistor/ tolerable regenerative power () (Note 3, 4) ontrol system ynamic brake Safety features oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () Built-in regenerative resistor External regenerative resistor (Standard accessory) (Note 5, ) -phase 2 to 23 5/Hz (Note ) 3 2 -phase 7 to phase 2 to 23 5/Hz ±5% maximum 24 ±% (required current capacity: 5m (Note 7)) -phase to 2 5/Hz -phase 85 to Sine-wave PM control/current control system Built-in (Note 8) External option Built-in (Note 8) Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection (8) (3) (3) Structure Environment Mass (kg [lb]) mbient temperature (Note 9) mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration Self-cooling open (IP) Fan cooling open (IP) Self-cooling open (IP) to 55 (32 to 3 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 49 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level 5.9m/s 2 maximum.8 (.8).8 (.8). (2.2). (2.2).4 (3.).4 (3.) 2.3 (5.) 2.3 (5.) 4. ().2 (4) 8 (4) 8 (4) 9 (42).8 (.8).8 (.8). (2.2) Notes:. Rated output and rated speed of the servo motor used in combination with the servo amplifier are as indicated when using the power supply voltage and frequency listed. The torque drops when the power supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the capacity selection software. 4. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (). 5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-MKB-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.. The value applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow:.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required. 7. 5m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-MB-E and MR-J3-MB-E, are also available. 9. The MR-J3-35B or smaller servo amplifier can be installed closely. In this case, keep the ambient temperature within to 45 (32 to 3 F), or use the servo amplifier with 75% or less of the effective load rate.. The special specification model, MR-J3-MB-4, is also available for -phase 2 to

56 mplifier Specifications MR-J3-B servo amplifier specifications: 2, 3k or larger rive unit onverter unit Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply Interface power supply ontrol system ynamic brake Safety features Structure Mass (kg [lb]) onverter unit model Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply Interface power supply Safety features rive unit model oltage/frequency (Note ) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () oltage/frequency (Note, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () MR-J3-3KB The drive unit s main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit. -phase 2 to 23 5/Hz -phase 7 to 253 ±5% maximum ±% (required current capacity: 5m ) Sine-wave PM control/current control system External option Fan cooling open (IP) 2 (57) MR-J3-37KB Overcurrent shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection MR-J3-R55K 3-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 3-phase 7 to 253 ±5% maximum -phase 2 to 23 5/Hz -phase 7 to 253 ±5% maximum ±% (required current capacity: 3m ) Regeneration overvoltage shutdown, regeneration fault protection, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), undervoltage/sudden power outage protection rive unit/ onverter unit Structure Mass (kg [lb]) Environment mbient temperature mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration Fan cooling open (IP) 25 (55) to 55 (32 to 3 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 49 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level 5.9m/s 2 maximum Notes:. Rated output and rated speed of the servo motor used in combination with the drive unit and the converter unit are as indicated when using the power supply voltage and frequency listed. The torque drops when the power supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. The interface power supply can be shared with the drive unit and the converter unit. hen all of the input/output points are used, 5m is required for the drive unit, and 3m is required for the converter unit. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 55

57 mplifier Specifications MR-J3-B servo amplifier specifications: 4, 22k or smaller model MR-J3- B4 B4 2B4 35B4 5B4 7B4 KB4 5KB4 22KB4 Main circuit power supply oltage/frequency (Note, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation 3-phase 38 to 48 5/Hz 3-phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum oltage/frequency -phase 38 to 48 5/Hz ontrol circuit power supply Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation -phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum Power consumption () 3 45 Interface power supply 24 ±% (required current capacity: 5m (Note 7)) Regenerative resistor/ tolerable regenerative power () (Note 3, 4) Built-in regenerative resistor External regenerative resistor (Standard accessory) (Note 5, ) (Note 9) 7 (Note 9) 5 (8) 85 (3) 85 (3) ontrol system Sine-wave PM control/current control system ynamic brake Built-in (Note 8, ) External option Safety features Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Structure Self-cooling open (IP) Fan cooling open (IP) mbient temperature to 55 (32 to 3 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 49 F) (non freezing) mbient humidity 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Environment tmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust Elevation m or less above sea level ibration 5.9m/s 2 maximum Mass (kg [lb]).7 (3.7).7 (3.7) 2. (4.) 4. () 4. ().2 (4) 8 (4) 8 (4) 9 (42) Notes:. Rated output and rated speed of the servo motor used in combination with the servo amplifier are as indicated when using the power supply voltage and frequency listed. The torque drops when the power supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the capacity selection software. 4. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (). 5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-MKB4-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.. The value applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow:.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required. 7. 5m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-MB4-E, are also available. 9. The amplifier built-in resistor is compatible with the maximum torque deceleration when the motor is used within the rated speed and the recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio. ontact Mitsubishi if the operating motor speed and the load/motor inertia moment ratio exceed the rated speed and the recommended ratio.. For the servo amplifier 5k or 7k, the load/motor of inertia moment ratio must be 5 times or less when the amplifier built-in dynamic brake is used, and the motor speed exceeds 2r/min. 5

58 mplifier Specifications MR-J3-B servo amplifier specifications: 4, 3k or larger rive unit onverter unit Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply Mass (kg [lb]) onverter unit model Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply Interface power supply Safety features rive unit model Interface power supply ontrol system ynamic brake Safety features Structure oltage/frequency (Note ) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () oltage/frequency (Note, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () MR-J3-3KB4 MR-J3-37KB4 The drive unit s main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit. -phase 38 to 48 5/Hz -phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum ±% (required current capacity: 5m ) Sine-wave PM control/current control system External option Fan cooling open (IP) MR-J3-45KB4 8 (4) 2 (57) MR-J3-R55K4 3-phase 38 to 48 5/Hz 3-phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum -phase 38 to 48 5/Hz -phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum ±% (required current capacity: 3m ) MR-J3-55KB4 Overcurrent shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Regeneration overvoltage shutdown, regeneration fault protection, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), undervoltage/sudden power outage protection rive unit/ onverter unit Structure Mass (kg [lb]) Environment mbient temperature mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration Fan cooling open (IP) 25 (55) to 55 (32 to 3 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 49 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level 5.9m/s 2 maximum Notes:. Rated output and rated speed of the servo motor used in combination with the drive unit and the converter unit are as indicated when using the power supply voltage and frequency listed. The torque drops when the power supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. The interface power supply can be shared with the drive unit and the converter unit. hen all of the input/output points are used, 5m is required for the drive unit, and 3m is required for the converter unit. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 57

59 Standard iring iagram MR-J3-MBM onnection example Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples () to (). Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply MR-J3-MB/B/B4 (-RJ) N2 onnector N2 connection The connection differs according to each servo motor. Refer to the connector N2 connection examples (7) to (). onnect the controller and the servo amplifier by inserting the cable into the N connector. (Note 2) 24 power supply for interface Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder -phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) ontrol common Monitor output Maximum +m total ouble oscillation(± output) nalog monitor output kω nalog monitor output 2 kω Forced stop (Note 9) (FLS) (RLS) (OG) (Note 5) Malfunction In position Magnetic brake interlock + S 2m maximum m maximum m maximum (Note ) R R 2 R 3 N3 IOM OOM LZ LZR L LR LB LBR LG MO 4 LG MO2 4 EM 2 I 2 I2 2 I3 OOM PLTE 9 3 IOM LM 5 INP 9 MBR 3 N2L (Note ) P5 2 LG 3 MR2 4 MRR2 7 M2 8 MR2 PLTE S N5 BS GN SHELL SHIEL Refer to the connector N2L connection examples () for connecting signals with the linear encoder. SB (Note ) 3m maximum BS + GN SHELL Linear encoder or rotary encoder (BZ phase differential output type) Personal computer running Microsoft indows (Note 2) ontroller Q72HP Q73HP Q75MH FX3-2SS-H (Note ) MR-J3BSMM or MR-J3BSMM-/-B cable MR-J3BSMM or MR-J3BSMM-/-B cable MR-J3BSMM or MR-J3BSMM-/-B cable NB N NB N NB N S S2 (2nd axis) (Note 7) S S2 (nth axis) (Note 7) MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET2E (Note 8) S S2 ttach the cap to the unused connector to 2 prevent adhesion of dirt. n Notes:. o not reverse the diode s direction. onnecting it backwards could cause the servo amplifier to malfunction such that the signals are not output, and the forced stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. se the power supply 24±% (required current capacity: 5m). 5m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. Note that the current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 3. The forced stop signal is issued for each axis servo amplifier individually. se this signal as necessary when Q72HP, Q73HP or Q75MH is connected. hen not using, invalidate the forced stop input with the parameter No. P4, or short-circuit EM and OOM in the connector. For overall system, apply the emergency stop on the controller side. 4. onnect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 5. The malfunction (LM) signal is conducted to OOM in normal alarm-free condition.. The cable length up to 3m is possible in a low noise environment. 7. The motor-side connections for the second and following axes are omitted from the above diagram. 8. p to axes (n = to ) can be connected using the axis selection rotary switch (S). 9. Signals in ( ) can be assigned with the settings of the controller (Q72HP, Q73HP or Q75MH). Refer to the instruction manuals for each controller for details on the setting method.. The N2L connector is available only for the fully closed loop control compatible servo amplifier, MR-J3-MBM-RJ.. FX3-2SS-H is not compatible with the fully closed loop control compatible servo amplifier, MR-J3-MBM-RJ. 2. For details on the controllers, refer to relevant programming manual or user s manual

60 mplifier imensions MR-J3-MBM (nit: mm) MR-J3-B, 2B,B, 2B (Note) ø mounting hole 4 pprox < Terminal arment > < Terminal arment > PE 5 N N NP3 N P HRGE (25.5) NB N N3 N5 8 N4 N2L N2 (4) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) N N NP3 N P N N NP3 N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 For -phase For 3-phase 2 or -phase 2 MR-J3-4B, B, 4B (Note) ø mounting hole 4 pprox. 8 7 < Terminal arment > < Terminal arment > PE 5 N N NP3 N P HRGE (25.5) N5 NB N N3 N4 N2L N2 8 (4) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) N N NP3 N P N N NP3 N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 For -phase For 3-phase 2 or -phase 2 MR-J3-7B, B (Note) ø mounting hole 2 < Terminal arment > PE 5 pprox N N NP3 N P HRGE NB N N3 N5 8 N4 N2L N2 N N N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M (25.5) (4) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) Fan (airflow direction) NP3 59 Note: The connectors N, N and NP3 (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.

61 mplifier imensions (nit: mm) MR-J3-B4, B4 (Note) < Terminal arment > ø mounting hole 2 pprox PE 5 N N NP3 N P+ HRGE N4 N2L N2 NB N N3 N5 8 N N N P+ Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M (25.5) (4) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) NP3 MR-J3-2B, 35B (Note) < Terminal arment > 5 ø mounting hole pprox N HRGE N NP3 P N N4 N2L N2 NB N N3 N5 8 N NP3 N N P (25.5) 78 (4) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) Fan (airflow direction) PE Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 MR-J3-2B4 (Note) 5 N N NP3 N P HRGE MR-J3-MB (25.5) 78 NB N N3 N5 N4 N2L N2 ø mounting hole 8 (4) pprox hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) Fan (airflow direction) < Terminal arment > PE N N Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 P+ N NP3 Note: The connectors N, N and NP3 (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.

62 N2 N P P N HRGE OPEN OPEN mplifier imensions (nit: mm) MR-J3-5B, 35B4, 5B4 (7.5) ø mounting hole pprox Fan (airflow direction) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) FN (7.5) HRGE N4 N2L N2 NB N N3 N5 hen MR-J3BT is mounted 2.5 TE2 Three ground terminals (M4) NB N N3 N5 N2L N2 N4 TE3 TE < Terminal screw size > TE: M4 TE2: M3.5 ( ) TE3: M4 PE: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 < Terminal arment > TE2 TE3 N Built-in regenerative brake resistor lead terminal fixing screw TE PE P MR-J3-7B, 7B4 (7.5) 72 2-ø mounting hole pprox Fan (airflow direction). The TE2 terminal screw size will be M3.5 from pril 27. For the servo amplifiers manufactured on or before March 27, the terminal screw size is M3. Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) FN N5 N HRGE NB N N3 N4 N2L N2 hen MR-J3BT is mounted 2.5 TE3 HRGE N4 N2LN2 NB N N3 < Terminal screw size > TE: M4 TE2: M3.5 ( ) TE3: M4 PE: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 (7.5) TE Three ground terminals (M4) TE2 < Terminal arment > TE3 N TE TE2 Built-in regenerative brake resistor lead terminal fixing screw PE P MR-J3-KB to 22KB, KB4 to 22KB ø2 mounting hole pprox. 8 2 Fan (airflow direction). The TE2 terminal screw size will be M3.5 from pril 27. For the servo amplifiers manufactured on or before March 27, the terminal screw size is M3. Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) N5 NB N N3 N5 N3 N NB N HRGE N4 N2L hen MR-J3BT is mounted P N TE =5 < Terminal arment > TE P N < Terminal screw size > Terminals Model MR-J3-KB(4), 5KB(4),,,,,,, P,, N, M, M4 < Mounting screw size > M MR-J3-22KB(4) M8 M

63 rive nit imensions MR-J3-MB(4) (nit: mm) MR-J3-3KB, 37KB, 45KB4, 55KB4 (Note 2) 2-ø7 mounting hole 38 3 () (2) 7 N4 N4B N4N2L N2 N5 NB N N3 pprox. 8 hen MR-J3BT is mounted pprox. 2 (Note ) (2) Fan (airflow direction) 338 Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) TE2- PE N4 N4B TE N5 N3 N NB N2 TE3 < Terminal screw size > TE: M TE2-: M TE3: M4 PE: M < Mounting screw size > M < Terminal arment > TE2- L+ L PE TE TE3 277 MR-J3-3KB4, 37KB4 (Note 2) 2-ø mounting hole 24 2 () pprox. 8 pprox. 2 (Note ) 8 Fan (airflow direction) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) N5 N4 N N4 N4B 338 N4B N NB N2 TE2 TE3 hen MR-J3BT is mounted TE2 TE3 () TE (2) PE TE < Terminal screw size > TE: M8 TE2: M TE3: M4 PE: M8 < Mounting screw size > M5 < Terminal arment > TE2 L+ L PE TE3 TE Notes:. The dimension applies when MR-J3BT is mounted. 2. For the converter unit dimensions and the panel-cut dimensions for the converter unit and the drive unit, refer to the section onverter unit dimensions.

64 Features/System onfiguration (MR-J3-B-RJ) Retaining the high performance, high functionality and usability of the MELSERO-J3 Series, MR-J3-B-RJ is able to read position feedback signals from a load-side encoder such as a linear encoder. MR-J3-B-RJ has realized less installation space and less wiring as compared to the MR-J2S Series. Features: MR-J3-B-RJ (Fully closed loop control compatible) High accuracy position control is possible with the fully closed loop system. ual feedback control provides the highest possible positioning response by using the position feedback signals from the motor encoder during high-speed rotation, and from the load-side encoder, such as a linear encoder, when positioning (stopping). High-speed, high-accuracy and high-reliability system can be configured with a serial interface linear encoder for MELSERO-J3 Series. bsolute position detection system is easily structured without a battery by using an absolute type linear encoder with compatible serial interface. <Simple overview of ual feedback control block> MR-J3- B-RJ Servo motor ommand eviation counter ontrol filter Motor encoder Load-side encoder such as a linear encoder System configurations Fully closed loop control system can be easily structured by connecting the encoder to the N2L connector (load-side encoder interface). Select a load-side encoder in accordance with the following: 49(2 2 ) the number of the load-side encoder pulses per servo motor rotation 7884(2 2 ) () hen using a linear encoder with compatible serial interface or BZ phase pulse train interface : pplicable for the absolute position detection system when an absolute type encoder is used. The battery (MR-J3BT) is not required. For linear encoders, refer to the section MR-J3-MBM-RJ compatible linear encoders on page 7 in this catalog. SSNET# controller (Note) Q72HP Q73HP Q75MH SSNET# Position command control signal Encoder signal NP3 N2L N NB N2 To the next servo amplifier axis Load-side encoder signal (Serial interface or BZ phase pulse train interface) Linear encoder compatible with serial interface or BZ phase pulse train interface Head Servo motor Table (2) hen using a rotary encoder with compatible BZ phase pulse train interface: Not applicable for the absolute position detection system. SSNET# controller (Note) Q72HP Q73HP Q75MH SSNET# Position command control signal NP3 N NB N2 To the next servo amplifier axis riving part N2L Load-side encoder signal (BZ phase pulse train interface) Servo motor Encoder signal Rotary encoder Note: For details on the controllers, refer to relevant programming manual or user s manual. 3

65 Fully losed Loop iagnostic Functions Fully closed loop diagnostic functions of MR onfigurator (Setup software) ith the fully closed loop diagnostic functions, monitoring and reading/writing of parameters related to the fully closed loop function are possible. [Fully closed diagnostics] window [Parameter-Fully closed selection] window Note: The screens shown on this page are for reference and may differ from the actual screens. Items displayed in the [Fully closed diagnostics] window umu. com. pulses Z-phase pass status Monitor display Item Motor side cumu. feedback pulses (before gear) Motor side cumu. feedback pulses (after gear) Load side cumu. feedback pulses Motor side droop pulses Load side droop pulses Polarity Encoder info. Fully closed loop changing device Parameter read Parameter write ounts and displays the position command input pulses. Resets to by pressing the lear button. ounts and displays the feedback pulses from the servo motor encoder. (Load-side encoder unit) Resets to by pressing the lear button. ounts and displays the feedback pulses from the load-side encoder. Resets to by pressing the lear button. isplays the difference between the motor-side position and the commanded position. isplays the difference between the load-side position and the commanded position. isplays + or - according to the load-side encoder polarity. isplays only when Semi closed loop control/fully closed loop control switching is selected for the fully closed loop system. isplays state of the Semi closed loop control/fully closed loop control switching bit and internal state selected. Starts monitoring by pressing the Monitor start button. Stops monitoring by pressing the Monitor stop button. escription ounts and displays the feedback pulses from the servo motor encoder. (Motor encoder unit) Resets to by pressing the lear button. isplays information about the load-side encoder. The displayed items vary depending on the type of the load-side encoder. isplays Z-phase pass status of the motor encoder when the fully closed loop system is Invalid. isplays Z-phase pass status of the load-side encoder when the fully closed loop system is alid or in Semi closed loop control/fully closed loop switching. Reads all parameters displayed on the window from the servo amplifier and displays them. rites all parameters displayed on the window into the servo amplifier. Items displayed in the [Parameter-Fully closed selection] window isplays the [Parameter-Fully closed selection] window by pressing the etails button in the [Fully closed diagnostics] window. Item Fully closed loop function Load side encoder polarity ontrol error detection method Position deviation error detection system Speed deviation error detection Position deviation error detection escription Selects the fully closed loop function from lways valid or Semi/Fully closed loop change. hen using this function, validate the fully closed loop system with the parameter No.. Selects the load-side encoder polarity with + or -. Selects the fully closed loop control error detection method. Selects the detection system regarding to the position deviation error of the fully closed loop control error detection function. Specifies the speed deviation error detection level used in the fully closed loop control error detection function. Specifies the position deviation error detection level used in the fully closed loop control error detection function. 4

66 mplifier Specifications MR-J3-B-RJ servo amplifier specifications: /2 model MR-J3-M-RJ B 2B 4B B 7B B 2B 35B 5B 7B KB 5KB 22KB B 2B 4B Main circuit power supply oltage/frequency (Note, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation 3-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz or -phase 2 to 23 5/Hz (Note ) For 3-phase 2 to 23: 3-phase 7 to 253 For -phase 2 to 23: -phase 7 to phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 3-phase 7 to 253 ±5% maximum -phase to 2 5/Hz -phase 85 to 32 ontrol circuit power supply Interface power supply Load-side encoder interface oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () Serial interface Pulse train interface Input signal Minimum phase difference -phase 2 to 23 5/Hz (Note ) 3 -phase 7 to 253 -phase 2 to 23 5/Hz ±5% maximum 24 ±% (required current capacity: 5m (Note 7)) Mitsubishi high-speed serial communication BZ phase differential input signal 2ns -phase to 2 5/Hz -phase 85 to Regenerative resistor/ tolerable regenerative power () (Note 3, 4) Built-in regenerative resistor External regenerative resistor (Standard accessory) (Note 5, ) (8) (3) (3) ontrol system Sine-wave PM control/current control system ynamic brake Built-in (Note 8) External option Built-in (Note 8) Safety features Structure Environment Mass (kg [lb]) mbient temperature (Note 9) mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration.8 (.8) Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Self-cooling open (IP) Fan cooling open (IP) Self-cooling open (IP) to 55 (32 to 3 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 49 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level 5.9m/s 2 maximum.8 (.8). (2.2). (2.2).4 (3.).4 (3.) 2.3 (5.) 2.3 (5.) 4. ().2 (4) 8 (4) 8 (4) 9 (42).8 (.8).8 (.8). (2.2) Notes:. Rated output and rated speed of the servo motor used in combination with the servo amplifier are as indicated when using the power supply voltage and frequency listed. The torque drops when the power supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. 4. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (). 5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-MKB-RZ) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.. The value applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow:.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required. 7. 5m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MB- RJ SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-MB-R and MR-J3-MB-R, are also available. 9. The MR-J3-35B or smaller servo amplifier can be installed closely. In this case, keep the ambient temperature within to 45 (32 to 3 F), or use the servo amplifier with 75% or less of the effective load rate.. The special specification model, MR-J3-MB-RJ4, is also available for -phase 2 to 24. 5

67 mplifier Specifications MR-J3-B-RJ servo amplifier specifications: 4 Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply model MR-J3-M-RJ Interface power supply Load-side encoder interface oltage/frequency (Note, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () Serial interface Pulse train interface Input signal Minimum phase difference B4 B4 2B4 35B4 5B4 7B4 KB4 5KB4 22KB4 3-phase 38 to 48 5/Hz 3-phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum -phase 38 to 48 5/Hz -phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum ±% (required current capacity: 5m (Note 7)) Mitsubishi high-speed serial communication BZ phase differential input signal 2ns Regenerative resistor/ tolerable regenerative power () (Note 3, 4) Built-in regenerative resistor External regenerative resistor (Standard accessory) (Note 5, ) (Note 9) 7 (Note 9) 5 (8) 85 (3) 85 (3) ontrol system Sine-wave PM control/current control system ynamic brake Built-in (Note 8, ) External option Safety features Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Structure Self-cooling open (IP) Fan cooling open (IP) mbient temperature to 55 (32 to 3 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 49 F) (non freezing) mbient humidity 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Environment tmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust Elevation m or less above sea level ibration 5.9m/s 2 maximum Mass (kg [lb]).7 (3.7).7 (3.7) 2. (4.) 4. () 4. ().2 (4) 8 (4) 8 (4) 9 (42) Notes:. Rated output and rated speed of the servo motor used in combination with the servo amplifier are as indicated when using the power supply voltage and frequency listed. The torque drops when the power supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. 4. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (). 5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-MKB4-RZ) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.. The value applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow:.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required. 7. 5m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MB- RJ SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-MB4-R, are also available. 9. The amplifier built-in resistor is compatible with the maximum torque deceleration when the motor is used within the rated speed and the recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio. ontact Mitsubishi if the operating motor speed and the load/motor inertia moment ratio exceed the rated speed and the recommended ratio.. For the servo amplifier 5k or 7k, the load/motor of inertia moment ratio must be 5 times or less when the amplifier built-in dynamic brake is used, and the motor speed exceeds 2r/min.

68 Standard iring iagram onnector N2L connection examples () MR-J3-MB()/(4)-RJ N2L (Note ) LG P5 MR2 MRR2 PLTE S LG P5 RQ /RQ FG Mitutoyo orporation Linear scale N2L (Note ) 2 LG P5 3 MR2 4 MRR2 PLTE S inner LG P5 MR MRR ase S Renishaw Inc. Linear encoder N2L (Note ) 2 LG 3 MR2 4 MRR2 PLTE S MR MRR SH Sony Manufacturing Systems orporation Interpolator Sony Manufacturing Systems orporation Linear encoder PLTE N2L P5 LG MR2 MRR2 M2 MR2 S N2L (Note ) 2 LG P5 7 M2 8 MR2 3 MR2 4 MRR2 PLTE S 5 S /S RQ /RQ FG Heidenhain orporation Linear encoder N2L (Note ) (Note 2) P5 5 2 LG 3 P -phase 4 PR 5 PB B-phase PBR 7 PZ Z-phase 8 PZR PSEL FG PLTE S Load-side encoder such as BZ phase differential output linear encoder Stabilized power supply (5/ 2 to 24) Notes:. hen manufacturing the linear encoder connection cable, use the optional N2L connector (MR-J3N2). Refer to MR-J3-MB-RJ SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on the wiring. 2. If the encoder s current consumption exceeds 35m, supply power from an external source. MR-J3-MBM-RJ compatible linear encoders List of compatible linear encoders (Note ) Mitsubishi serial interface compatible Linear encoder type BZ phase differential output type (Note 4) bsolute type Incremental type Incremental type Not designated Manufacturer Model Resolution Mitutoyo orporation Heidenhain orporation Sony Manufacturing Systems orporation Renishaw Inc. Heidenhain orporation T343 T543-S ST74 ST743 (Note 5) L49M 92M SL7+P-R/RH +MJ83 or MJ83 SH3 +MJ83 or MJ83 RGH2P RGH2Q RGH2R LI485+PE39M LI487+PE39M.5µm.5µm.µm.5µm/.µm.2µm.5µm 5µm µm.5µm.5µm (2/49µm) ithin tolerable resolution Rated speed (Note 2) 2.m/s 2.5m/s 4.m/s 2.m/s 3.m/s.4m/s.4m/s 4.m/s 3.2m/s.m/s 4.m/s epends on linear encoder Effective measurement length (maximum) 3mm 22mm mm 24mm 424mm 3mm 24mm 7mm 34mm 4mm epends on linear encoder ommunication method 2-wire type 4-wire type 2-wire type 4-wire type ifferential 3-pair type Position system bsolute Incremental Notes:. onsult with the linear encoder manufacturers for details on the linear encoder s working environment and specifications such as ambient temperature, vibration resistance and protection level. lso, contact the manufacturer when using the linear encoder in high electrostatic noise environment. 2. The indicated values are the linear encoder s rated speed when used in combination with the Mitsubishi fully closed loop compatible servo amplifier. The values may differ from the manufacturers specifications. 3. The resolution differs according to the setting value of the interpolator, MJ83/MJ83 manufactured by Sony Manufacturing Systems orporation. 4. Output the -phase, B-phase and Z-phase signals in the differential line driver. The phase difference of -phase pulse and B-phase pulse, and the width of Z-phase pulse must be 2ns or wider. Zero point return is not possible with a linear encoder which is not equipped with a Z-phase. 5. The servo amplifier software version or above is compatible with this linear scale. L LR LB LBR Phase difference 2ns or wider pulse of Z-phase... 2ns or wider LZ LZR 7

69 mplifier imensions MR-J3-MBM-RJ MR-J3-B-RJ, 2B-RJ, B-RJ, 2B-RJ (Note) (nit: mm) ø mounting hole 4 pprox < Terminal arment > < Terminal arment > PE 5 N N NP3 N2L N P HRGE NB N N3 N5 8 N4 N2L N2 N N N P N N N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 NP3 NP3 For -phase For 3-phase 2 or -phase 2 MR-J3-4B-RJ, B-RJ, 4B-RJ (Note) ø mounting hole 4 pprox. 8 7 < Terminal arment > < Terminal arment > PE 5 N N NP3 N2L N P HRGE N5 NB N N3 N4 N2L N2 8 N N N P N N N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 NP3 NP3 For -phase For 3-phase 2 or -phase 2 MR-J3-7B-RJ, B-RJ (Note) ø mounting hole 2 5 pprox < Terminal arment > PE N N NP3 N2L N P HRGE NB N N3 N5 8 N4 N2L N2 N N N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M Fan (airflow direction) NP3 8 Note: The connectors N, N and NP3 (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.

70 mplifier imensions (nit: mm) MR-J3-B4-RJ, B4-RJ (Note) < Terminal arment > ø mounting hole 2 pprox PE 5 N N NP3 N P+ HRGE NB N N3 N5 N4 N2L N2 8 N2L N N N P+ Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M NP3 MR-J3-2B-RJ, 35B-RJ (Note) ø mounting hole N5 5 8 N N P HRGE NP3 N N4 N2L N2 78 NB N N3 N2L pprox Fan (airflow direction) < Terminal arment > N N N NP3 PE Screw size: M4 P < Mounting screw size > M5 MR-J3-2B4-RJ (Note) 5 N N NP3 N P+ 45 HRGE 9 85 NB N N3 N5 N4 N2L N2 ø mounting hole 8 N2L pprox < Terminal arment > PE N N Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 P+ 78 Fan (airflow direction) N NP3 9 Note: The connectors N, N and NP3 (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.

71 N2 N P N OPEN HRGE OPEN P mplifier imensions (nit: mm) MR-J3-5B-RJ, 35B4-RJ, 5B4-RJ 25 (7.5) HRGE N4 N2L N2 NB N N3 N5 2-ø mounting hole N2L pprox Fan (airflow direction) FN TE2 Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) NB N N3 N5 N2L N2 N4 TE3 < Terminal screw size > TE: M4 TE2: M3.5 ( ) TE3: M4 PE: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 < Terminal arment > TE2 TE3 N (7.5) Three ground terminals (M4) TE TE PE P Built-in regenerative brake resistor lead terminal fixing screw. The TE2 terminal screw size will be M3.5 from pril 27. For the servo amplifiers manufactured on or before March 27, the terminal screw size is M3. MR-J3-7B-RJ, 7B4-RJ 3 (7.5) 285 (7.5) HRGE 72 N5 NB N N3 N4 N2L N2 2-ø mounting hole N2L pprox Fan (airflow direction) FN TE3 TE HRGE Three ground terminals (M4) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) N5 N4 N2LN2 NB N N3 TE2 < Terminal screw size > TE: M4 TE2: M3.5 ( ) TE3: M4 PE: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 < Terminal arment > TE3 N TE PE P TE2 Built-in regenerative brake resistor lead terminal fixing screw. The TE2 terminal screw size will be M3.5 from pril 27. For the servo amplifiers manufactured on or before March 27, the terminal screw size is M3. MR-J3-KB-RJ to 22KB-RJ, KB4-RJ to 22KB4-RJ ø2 mounting hole pprox. 8 2 Fan (airflow direction) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) 4 37 NB N N3 N5 N4 N2L N5 N3 N NB N2 N2L HRGE P N TE =5 < Terminal arment > TE P N < Terminal screw size > Model Terminals,,,,,,, P,, N,, MR-J3-KB(4)-RJ, 5KB(4)-RJ M M4 MR-J3-22KB(4) -RJ M8 M < Mounting screw size > M

72 Peripheral Equipment (MR-J3-T) onnections with peripheral equipment (Note ) Peripheral equipment is connected to MR-J3-T as described below. onnectors, options, and other necessary equipment are available so that users can set up MR-J3-T easily and begin using it right away. isplay panel isplays servo status and alarm number. Setting section Sets -Link communication baud rate, station number and the number of occupied station. SB communication (N5) (option) Monitoring, batch parameter entry and saving graph display and test operation can be performed with MR onfigurator (setup software) when connecting to user s personal computer by an optional SB cable (MR-J3SBBM). RS-422 communication (N3) personal computer can be connected, using the RS-422/RS-232 converter. (Note 2) Parameter unit (option) The parameter unit can be connected by a commercial LN cable. MR-PR3 <ith front cover open> MR-J3- T (Note 4) (Note 4) -Link master controller QJBTN FX2N-L-M N connector (For main circuit power supply) N for input/output signal (Option) sed to connect digital I/O signals N connector (For control circuit power supply) NP3 connector (For motor power supply) harge lamp Illuminates when the main circuit power supply is ON. o not plug/unplug power lines when this lamp is ON. Manual pulse generator (MR-H) N2 Extension IO unit MR-J3- N2 Positioning with I/O is possible when MR-J3- (optional) is connected. Servo motor (The picture is of HF-K3.) N2 Battery (option) The battery (MR-J3BT) is required when the servo system is in absolute mode. Leave the control circuit power supply ON while replacing the battery. Not required when the servo system is in incremental mode. Junction terminal block (option) ll signals can be received easily at this terminal block without connecting the signals to N. 7 Notes:. Refer to MR-J3-MT SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for the actual connections. 2. hen a personal computer is connected using the RS-422/RS-232 conversion cable (refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers in this catalog), some functions of MR onfigurator (setup software) may be limited. 3. The connections with peripheral equipment shown above is for MR-J3-35T or smaller servo amplifier. 4. SB interface (N5 connector) and RS-422 interface (N3 connector) are mutually exclusive. They cannot be used at the same time.

73 Features (-Link ompatible Built-in Positioning function) Positioning operation can be performed just by setting position data (target positions), servo motor speeds, and acceleration/deceleration time constant, etc. in the point tables as if setting them in parameters. The servo can be used as the field network s drive source. This servo amplifier is the most appropriate when simplifying a system or configuring a simple positioning system without programs. lso, by using MR onfigurator (setup software) together with the servo amplifier, easier operation with advanced functions can be possible. Features: MR-J3-T (-Link compatible built-in positioning function) By using this servo amplifier with built-in positioning function, position and speed data, etc. can be set via -Link communication. (pplicable -Link version: er..) Start, stop and monitor displays can be performed via -Link communication. Serial communication reduces wiring. -Link communication makes it possible to design the system with the servo amplifiers dispersed throughout. Parameter unit, MR-PR3 (optional), makes parameter setting and operation monitoring easier. -Link master unit (Programmable controller) -Link (Note ) MR-J3-MTM (Note 2) MR-J3-MTM MR-J3-MTM MR-J3-MTM Personal computer communication cable (SB cable): MR-J3SBBM (Note 2) Terminal resistor or MR onfigurator (setup software) MRZJ3-SET2E Parameter unit MR-PR3 Notes:. hen using only remote device stations, up to 42 servo amplifiers can be connected when station is occupied by servo amplifier, and up to 32 servo amplifiers when 2 stations are occupied by servo amplifier. 2. SB interface (N5 connector) and RS-422 interface (N3 connector) are mutually exclusive. They cannot be used at the same time. 72

74 Features (-Link ompatible Built-in Positioning function) Features: MR-J3-T+MR-J3- (I/O command) Positioning with I/O command is possible by using the extension IO unit, MR-J3- (optional). (Total digital input: 34 points. Total digital output: 9 points.) p to 255 point tables can be used. Simple positioning using I/O Positioning operation is performed with digital input/output signals. Parameter unit (MR-PR3) (Note) MR-J3-MTM N N5 N2 MR-J3- (Note) MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET2E N3 N3 Input signals Point table No. selection 8bits Start signal etc. N NP3 N N N Junction terminal block (MR-TB5) Output signals Ready In-position etc. R R N2 N4 -digit digital switch (MR-S) Manual pulse generator (MR-H) Note: SB interface (N5 connector) and RS-422 interface (N3 connector) are mutually exclusive. They cannot be used at the same time. Serial communication operation Positioning operation is performed by connecting servo amplifiers in the multi-drop configuration. The RS-422 protocol communication specifications are released, so the user can create a program. The monitor and parameter settings can be made with the MR onfigurator (setup software), MRZJ3-SET2E or above, using a personal computer. RS-232/RS-422 converter (Refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers in this catalog.) MR-J3-MTM RS-422 MR-J3-MTM MR-J3-MTM (Maximum 32 axes) To the next axis N N5 N N5 N N5 RS-232 N3 N3 N3 N N N N N N NP3 N NP3 N NP3 N N2 N2 N2 N4 N4 N4 ommunications specifications The RS-422 (RS-232) specifications are as follows. Baud rate : 9, 92, 384, 57 or 52 asynchronous. Transfer code : start bit, 8 data bits, parity bit (even number), stop bit. Transfer protocol : haracter system, half-duplex communication. Start (LSB) (MSB) Parity Stop ata frame (bits) Next start 73

75 Operational Functions MR-J3-T operational functions Roll feeding function apable of roll feeding operation (clear signal). Speed and acceleration/deceleration time constant, and override can be set. Position data can be set directly by remote register. MR-J3-MTM Positioning controller N N5 N3 R stop N N NP3 N N2 N4 Same length Indexer function (available soon) Positioning is performed by specifying stations (255 stations maximum). utomatic calculation can be carried out from the number of stations and gears on machine and motor side set with the parameters. MR-J3-MTM Positioning controller N N5 N3 N N Station NP3 N Station 7 Station N2 N4 Station Station 2 Station 5 Station 3 Station 4 74

76 ommand Method MR-J3-T positioning command method The following two types of command methods are available. Remote register (Note) Sets position data and servo motor speed data directly in the remote register, and then executes positioning. Specifies position data and servo motor speed data set previously with the point table No., and then executes Point table No. input positioning. Note: Setting and description of position and servo motor speed data for the remote register are same as for the point table. Refer to the Point table below. Point table: The following two types of point tables are available. () bsolute value command method: Moves to the address (absolute value) based on the home position. Item Position data Servo motor speed cceleration time constant eceleration time constant well time uxiliary function Setting to to permissible to 2 to 2 to 2 to 3 nit STM µm r/min ms ms ms M code (Note ) to 99 escription bsolute value command method Sets the address. STM is the ratio to the data. Incremental value command method Sets the movement amount. STM is the ratio to the data. Sets the command speed for the servo motor used for positioning. Sets the acceleration time constant. (Note 2) Sets the deceleration time constant. (Note 2) Runs the next point table after the set dwell time. bsolute value command method : Positions and stops (waits for start signal). : ontinues operation for the next point table without stopping. Incremental value command method 2: Positions and stops (waits for start signal). 3: ontinues operation for the next point table without stopping. Sets output code when positioning completes. uxiliary function or 3 uxiliary function or 2 (Example of setting point table data) Point table No. 2 : 255 Position data 2 : 3 Servo motor speed 2 : 3 cceleration time ation time eceler- constant constant 2 : 2 : well time : uxiliary function : 2 M code 2 : 99 If the point table No. s auxiliary function is or 3, continuous positioning operation is carried out based on the point table as shown in the uxiliary function or 3 below. If the point table No. s auxiliary function is or 2, a start signal must be issued as shown in uxiliary function or 2 below. Speed Speed Position address Start signal point table No. point table No.2 2 Position address Start signal point table No. point table No.2 2 (Note ) M code M code data No. (Note ) M code M code data No. M code data No.2 (2) Incremental value command method: Moves from the current value according to the set position data Item Position data Servo motor speed cceleration time constant eceleration time constant well time uxiliary function Setting to to permissible to 2 to 2 to 2 and nit STM µm r/min ms ms ms M code (Note ) to 99 escription Sets the movement amount. Sets the command speed for the servo motor used for positioning. Sets the acceleration time constant. (Note 2) Sets the deceleration time constant. (Note 2) Runs the next point table after the set dwell time. : Positions and stops (waits for start signal). : ontinues operation for the next point table without stopping. Sets output code when positioning completes. uxiliary function uxiliary function (Example of setting point table data) Point table No. 2 : 255 Position data : 5 Servo motor speed 2 : 3 cceleration time ation time eceler- constant constant 2 : 2 : well time : uxiliary function : M code 2 : 99 If the point table No. s auxiliary function is, continuous positioning operation is carried out based on the point table as shown in the uxiliary function below. If the point table No. s auxiliary function is, a start signal must be issued as shown in uxiliary function below. Speed Speed Position address point table No. point table No.2 2 Position address point table No. point table No.2 2 Start signal Start signal (Note ) M code M code data No. (Note ) M code M code data No. M code data No.2 Notes:. hen using M code, the extension IO unit MR-J3- (optional) is required. M code is digitally-output from MR-J3-. Remote output is not possible. 2. S-pattern acceleration/deceleration time constant is set by parameters. 75

77 mplifier Specifications MR-J3-T servo amplifier specifications: /2 model MR-J3- T 2T 4T T 7T T 2T 35T 5T 7T KT 5KT 22KT T 2T 4T Main circuit power supply oltage/frequency (Note, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation 3-phase 2 to 23 5/Hz or -phase 2 to 23 5/Hz (Note ) For 3-phase 2 to 23: 3-phase 7 to 253 For -phase 2 to 23: -phase 7 to phase 2 to 23 5/Hz 3-phase 7 to 253 ±5% maximum -phase to 2 5/Hz -phase 85 to 32 ontrol circuit power supply Interface power supply Regenerative resistor/ tolerable regenerative power () (Note 3, 4) ontrol system ynamic brake Safety features oltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption () Built-in regenerative resistor External regenerative resistor (Standard accessory) (Note 5, ) -phase 2 to 23 5/Hz (Note ) 3 2 -phase 7 to phase 2 to 23 5/Hz ±5% maximum 24 ±% (required current capacity: 5m (Note 7)) 3 7 -phase to 2 5/Hz -phase 85 to Sine-wave PM control/current control system Built-in (Note 8) External option Built-in (Note 8) 5 (8) (3) (3) Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Structure Environment Mass (kg [lb]) mbient temperature (Note 9) mbient humidity tmosphere Elevation ibration Self-cooling open (IP).8 (.8).8 (.8) Fan cooling open (IP) to 55 (32 to 3 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 49 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level 5.9m/s 2 maximum. (2.2). (2.2).4 (3.).4 (3.) 2.3 (5.) 2.3 (5.) 4. ().2 (4) 8 (4) 8 (4) 9 (42) Self-cooling open (IP).8 (.8).8 (.8). (2.2) Notes:. Rated output and rated speed of the servo motor used in combination with the servo amplifier are as indicated when using the power supply voltage and frequency listed. The torque drops when the power supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the capacity selection software. 4. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (). 5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-MKT-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.. The value applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow:.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required. 7. 5m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MT SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-MT-E and MR-J3-MT-E, are also available. 9. The MR-J3-35T or smaller servo amplifier can be installed closely. In this case, keep the ambient temperature within to 45 (32 to 3 F), or use the servo amplifier with 75% or less of the effective load rate.. The special specification model, MR-J3-MT-4, is also available for -phase 2 to 24. 7

78 mplifier Specifications MR-J3-T servo amplifier specifications: 4 model MR-J3- T4 T4 2T4 35T4 5T4 7T4 KT4 5KT4 22KT4 Main circuit power supply oltage/frequency (Note, 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation 3-phase 38 to 48 5/Hz 3-phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum oltage/frequency -phase 38 to 48 5/Hz ontrol circuit power supply Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation -phase 323 to 528 ±5% maximum Power consumption () 3 45 Interface power supply 24 ±% (required current capacity: 5m (Note 7)) Regenerative resistor/ tolerable regenerative power () (Note 3, 4) Built-in regenerative resistor External regenerative resistor (Standard accessory) (Note 5, ) (Note 9) 7 (Note 9) 5 (8) 85 (3) 85 (3) ontrol system Sine-wave PM control/current control system ynamic brake Built-in (Note 8, ) External option Safety features Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servo motor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Structure Self-cooling open (IP) Fan cooling open (IP) mbient temperature to 55 (32 to 3 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 49 F) (non freezing) mbient humidity 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Environment tmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust Elevation m or less above sea level ibration 5.9m/s 2 maximum Mass (kg [lb]).7 (3.7).7 (3.7) 2. (4.) 4. () 4. ().2 (4) 8 (4) 8 (4) 9 (42) Notes:. Rated output and rated speed of the servo motor used in combination with the servo amplifier are as indicated when using the power supply voltage and frequency listed. The torque drops when the power supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servo motor, refer to the section Servo motor torque characteristics in this catalog. 3. Optimal regenerative resistor varies for each system. Select the most suitable regenerative resistor by using the capacity selection software. 4. Refer to the section Options Optional regeneration unit in this catalog for the tolerable regenerative power (). 5. The servo amplifier (MR-J3-MKT4-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor is also available.. The value applies when the external regenerative resistors, GRZG4-MΩ, (standard accessory) are used with cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow:.m 3 /min). Note that change in the parameter No. is required. 7. 5m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MT SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 8. Special specification models without a dynamic brake, MR-J3-MT4-E are also available. 9. The amplifier built-in resistor is compatible with the maximum torque deceleration when the motor is used within the rated speed and the recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio. ontact Mitsubishi if the operating motor speed and the load/motor inertia moment ratio exceed the rated speed and the recommended ratio.. For the servo amplifier 5k or 7k, the load/motor of inertia moment ratio must be 5 times or less when the amplifier built-in dynamic brake is used, and the motor speed exceeds 2r/min. 77

79 mplifier Specifications MR-J3-T command and operation mode ommand interface Operation system Home position return mode Point table Index system ommand method utomatic operation mode Manual operation mode ommand method utomatic operation mode Manual operation mode og system ount system ata set system Stopper system Item Ignore home (Servo-on position as home position) og system rear end reference ount system front end reference og cradle system og system adjacent Z-phase reference og system front end reference og less Z-phase reference og system torque limit Remote register Point table No. input Point table ata set system torque limit JOG operation Manual pulse generator Station position command input Speed command input Rotating direction specified Shortest rotating direction Index JOG operation JOG operation Remote register Speed No. input utomatic positioning to home position function escription -Link communication (er..), IO command (extension IO unit MR-J3- is required), or RS-422 communication Possible with -Link communication when 2 stations occupied. Position command input: position command data is set with the remote register. Feed length input setting : ±µm to ± mm. Speed command input: speed command data (rotating speed) is set with the remote register. Possible with -Link communication, IO command or RS-422 communication -Link communication (when station occupied): 3 points -Link communication (when 2 stations occupied): 255 points IO command: 255 points (extension IO unit MR-J3- is required.) RS-422 communication: 255 points Position command input: selects from the point table. -point feed length setting : ±µm to ± mm. Speed command input: selects speed and acceleration/deceleration time constant from the point table. Point table No. input or point table data input system. Each positioning operation based on position and speed data. Speed changing operation (2 to 255 speeds). utomatic continuous positioning operation (2 to 255 points) Roll feed display is selectable. learing droop pulses with the clear (R) signal is settable. Inches upon contact input, -Link communication or RS-422 communication based on speed data set by a parameter. Manual feed with the manual pulse generator. ommand pulse multiplication:,, is selectable with parameter. Possible with -Link communication, IO command or RS-422 communication -Link communication (when station occupied): 3 stations -Link communication (when 2 stations occupied): 255 stations IO command: 255 stations (extension IO unit MR-J3- is required.) RS-422 communication: 255 stations Possible with -Link communication when 2 stations occupied. Sets speed command data (rotating speed) with the remote register. Selects speed and acceleration/deceleration time constant from the point table. Positions to the specified station. Rotating direction is settable. Positions to the specified station. Shorter rotating direction from the current point is selected. Rotates in a direction specified by rotating direction evaluation when the start signal (ST) turns ON. Positions to a nearest station where deceleration to a stop is possible when the start signal (ST) turns OFF. Inches upon contact input, -Link communication or RS-422 communication based on speed data set by a parameter. Returns to home position upon Z-phase pulse count after passing through near-point dog. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position shift amount and home position address settable. utomatic retreat on dog back to home position and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to home position upon encoder pulse count after touching near-point dog. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position shift amount and home position address settable. utomatic retreat on dog back to home position and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to home position without dog. Sets any position as home position using manual operation, etc. Home position address settable. Returns to home position upon hitting end of stroke. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position address settable. ses position where the servo on signal (SON) turns ON as home position. Home position address settable. Returns to home position with respect to the rear end of a near-point dog. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position shift amount and home position address settable. utomatic retreat on dog back to home position and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to home position with respect to the front end of a near-point dog. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position shift amount and home position address settable. utomatic retreat on dog back to home position and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to home position upon the first Z-phase pulse with respect to the front end of a near-point dog. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position shift amount and home position address settable. utomatic retreat on dog back to home position and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to home position upon the Z-phase pulse right before a near-point dog with respect to the front end of a near-point dog. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position shift amount and home position address settable. utomatic retreat on dog back to home position and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to home position to the front end of a point dog with respect to the front end of a near-point dog. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position shift amount and home position address settable. utomatic retreat on dog back to home position and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to home position to the first Z-phase pulse with respect to the first Z-phase pulse. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position shift amount and home position address settable Returns to home position upon Z-phase pulse count after passing through near-point dog. irection for return to home position selectable. Home position shift amount and home position address settable. utomatic retreat on dog back to home position and automatic stroke retreat function. Torque limit settable. Returns to home position without dog. Sets any position as home position by manual movement. Home position address and torque limit settable. High-speed automatic positioning to a defined home position 78

80 Extension IO nit MR-J3- specifications Item escription Model Power supply for interface igital input igital output nalog input nalog output Power supply for analog input signal Structure mbient temperature mbient humidity MR-J3-24 ±% (required current capacity: 8m (Note, 2)) 3 points, photocoupler insulation, sink/source compatible points, photocoupler insulation, sink/source compatible 2ch, to ± (input impedance: to 2kΩ) 2ch, to ±2 5R: +5, permissible current: 3m (Note 5) N2R: 2, permissible current: 3m Self-cooling open (IP) to 55 (32 to 3 F) (non freezing), storage: 2 to 5 (4 to 49 F) (non freezing) 9% RH maximum (non condensing), storage: 9% RH maximum (non condensing) Environment Mass (g [lb]) tmosphere Elevation ibration Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust m or less above sea level 5.9m/s 2 maximum 4 (.3) <Functions connecting to MR-J3-MTM> Function igital input igital output nalog input nalog output escription Point table No. selection to 8 (I to I7), Servo-on (SON), Reset (RES), External torque limit selection (TL), Internal torque limit selection (T), Manual pulse generator multiplication, 2 (TP, T), Override selection (OR), utomatic/manual selection (M), Temporary stop/restart (TSTP), Proportional control (P), Forward rotation start (ST), Reverse rotation start (ST2), Position data input to 2 (POS to POS3, POS to POS3, POS2 to POS23), Position data input symbol+ (POSP), lear (R), Position data input symbol (POSN), Strobe (STRB), Speed selection to 3 (SP to S), Gain changing (P) (Note3) larm code ( to 3), M code (M to M3, M to M3), Temporary stop (PS), Positioning complete (MEN), Phase match (PO), In-position (INP), Position data request, 2 (PRQ, PRQ2), Zero speed (ZSP), Torque limit in effect (TL), arning (NG), Electromagnetic brake interlock (MBR), ynamic brake interlock (B), Battery warning (BNG), Positioning output (POT), ariable gain selection (PS), ommand speed reached (S), Point table No. output to 8 (PT to PT7) (Note3) Override () ( to +/ to 2%) nalog torque limit (TL) ( to ±/maximum torque) nalog monitor output (MO, MO2) (Note 4) <Functions connecting to MR-J3-MM-RJ4> Function escription Position control mode Speed control mode Torque control mode Electric gear numerator digital input High resolution analog torque limit igital speed command input High resolution analog torque limit igital speed limit input High resolution torque command input The electric gear numerator can be set arbitrarily in 5-digit B or -bit binary. The torque limit can be set according to the rotating direction. (TLP: to +/maximum torque) (TLN: to /maximum torque) The speed command can be set arbitrarily in 5-digit B or 2-bit (-bit) binary. The torque limit can be set according to the rotating direction. (TLP: to +/maximum torque) (TLN: to /maximum torque) The speed limit can be set arbitrarily in 5-digit B or 2-bit (-bit) binary. External analog torque command (OT) ( to ±8/maximum torque) Notes:. 8m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. The current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MT MR-J3- SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details power supply for input/output signals can be shared by the servo amplifier and MR-J3-. In this case, secure the power supply capacity corresponding to the points of the input/output signals to be used. 3. The signal assignment can be changed by setting the parameters. Refer to MR-J3-MT MR-J3- SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 4. nalog monitor output can be selected by setting the parameter. Refer to MR-J3-MT MR-J3- SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 5. 5R can be used as a power supply for TL and. N2R can be used as a power supply for. Note that the power voltage varies between 2 to 5. 79

81 Extension IO nit Extension IO unit dimensions MR-J3- (nit: mm) N2 connector (MR-N) onnector 2-3PE Shell kit 32-52F-8 2 pprox N2 N3 N N connector (MR-J3N) onnector 5-3PE Shell kit 35-52F- imensions when MR-J3- is installed /2.k to 3.5k 4.k to 2k MR-J3-2 5k, 7k 4 3.5k to 7k MR-J3- N2 N N5 N2 N N3 N3 N N5 N3 N3 N NP3 L L model MR-J3-T() to T(4) MR-J3-()-RJ4 to -RJ4 MR-J3-2T(4), 35T MR-J3-2-RJ4, 35-RJ4 MR-J3-35T4, 5T(4), 7T(4) MR-J3-5-RJ4, 7-RJ4 ariable dimension L 2 Note: For servo amplifier 2/4 k to 22k, MR-J3- will be built into the servo amplifier. 5 8

82 PR3 Standard iring iagram MR-J3-MTM onnection example Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples () to (). Main circuit power supply ontrol circuit power supply MR-J3-MT/T/T4 N2 onnector N2 connection The connection differs according to each servo motor. Refer to the connector N2 connection examples (7) to (). Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder -phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) ontrol common Ready (Note 5) Malfunction Home position return completion m maximum (Note ) R R 2 R 3 (Note 9) N LZ LZR L LR LB LBR LG S R LM ZP PLTE (Note 8) N3 LG P5 RP SN SP RN LG N (Note ) m maximum Parameter unit MR-PR3 (Note 2) 24 power supply for interface + Forced stop Near point dog (Note 4) Forward stroke end Reverse stroke end -Link master unit (Programmable controller) m maximum -Link cable (Note 2) IOM OOM EMG OG LSP LSN (Note ) N 5 7 (Note 8) N5 BS GN SHELL SHIEL SB (Note 7) 3m maximum BS + GN SHIEL Personal computer running Microsoft indows MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SETME Notes:. o not reverse the diode s direction. onnecting it backwards could cause the servo amplifier to malfunction such that the signals are not output, and the forced stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. se the power supply 24±% (required current capacity: 5m). 5m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. Note that the current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MT SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 3. Turn on the forced stop (EMG) signal (normally closed contact) before starting the operation, or cancel the forced stop signal with the parameter No. P. 4. lose the forward/reverse stroke end (LSP, LSN) signals (normally closed contact) or turn on the forward/reverse stroke end signals with the parameter No. P before starting the operation. 5. The malfunction (LM) signal is conducted to OOM in normal alarm-free condition.. onnect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 7. The cable length up to 3m is possible in a low noise environment. 8. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible. Refer to MR-J3-MT SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 9. se the optional connector, MR-J2M for the N connector.. se a commercial LN cable (EI58 compliant). personal computer can be connected using a RS-422/RS-232 conversion cable. Note that SB interface (N5 connector) and RS-422 interface (N3 connector) are mutually exclusive. They cannot be used at the same time. Refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers in this catalog for the RS-422/RS-232 conversion cable.. The N connector is used only when operated with -Link communication. Manufacture a -Link cable using the N connector supplied with the servo amplifier. 2. For the -Link cable, refer to the section Ordering Information for ustomers in this catalog for details. 8

83 Standard iring iagram MR-J3- (Option) onnection example Extension IO unit MR-J3- (Note 5) (Note, 2) N N 24 power supply + IOM 3 4 IOM (Note 3, 4) R 22 OOM 37 (Note 4) R Point table No. selection I 23 2 for interface Point table No. selection 2 I R 3 Point table No. selection 3 I R 4 Point table No. selection 4 I M R 5 Point table No. selection 5 I M R R I5 4 M2 Point table No. selection 7 R I 7 4 M3 Point table No. selection 7 8 R I M Point table No. selection 8 9 Servo on SON 2 43 M R Reset RES 2 44 M2 R External torque limit selection TL M3 R 2 Internal torque limit selection T 28 4 PS R 3 Manual pulse generator TP MEN R 4 Manual pulse generator 2 T 3 48 PO R 5 Override selection OR 3 49 INP R utomatic/manual selection M 32 m maximum Temporary stop/restart TSTP 33 Proportional control P 34 Forward rotation start ST N2 Reverse rotation start ST R m maximum 2 5 N2R PLTE TL LG M LG M2 S larm code output M code output Temporary stop Positioning complete Phase match In position pper limit setting Override ±/ to 2% Lower limit setting pper limit setting nalog torque limit +/maximum torque kω nalog monitor output Maximum +m total kω nalog monitor output 2 Maximum +m total 2m maximum Notes:. se the power supply 24±% (required current capacity: 8m). 8m is the value when all of the input/output points are used. Note that the current capacity can be stepped down according to the number of input/output points in use. Refer to MR-J3-MT MR-J3- SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details power supply for input/output signals can be shared by the servo amplifier and MR-J3-. In this case, secure the power supply capacity corresponding to the points of the input/output signals to be used. 3. o not reverse the diode s direction. onnecting it backwards could cause the servo amplifier and/or MR-J3- to malfunction such that the signals are not output, and the forced stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 4. This is for sink wiring. Source wiring is also possible. Refer to MR-J3-MT MR-J3- SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 5. MR-J3- connects directly to the N7 connector of the servo amplifier, MR-J3-MTM or MR-J3-MM-RJ4. 82

84 N P HRGE HRGE L.RN S R L.ERR mplifier imensions MR-J3-MTM (nit: mm) MR-J3-T, 2T, T, 2T (Note) 4 pprox. 8 ø mounting hole 5 N N NP3 L.RN S R L.ERR N P HRGE N4 N2 N N3 N5 N3 N 8 N hen MR-J3BT (25.5) (8) is mounted (4) N7 35 < Terminal arment > < Terminal arment > N N NP3 N P For -phase N N NP3 N P For 3-phase 2 or -phase 2 PE Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 MR-J3-4T, T, 4T (Note) ø mounting hole 4 pprox. 8 7 < Terminal arment > < Terminal arment > PE 5 N N NP3 (25.5) N4 N2 N N3 N5 N3 N 8 N (4) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) N7 N N NP3 N P N N NP3 N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 For -phase For 3-phase 2 or -phase 2 MR-J3-7T, T (Note) ø mounting hole 2 pprox < Terminal arment > PE 5 N N NP3 N P 2 42 (25.5) L.RN S R L.ERR N4 N2 N N3 N5 N3 N (4) 8 N hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) N7 Fan (airflow direction) N N NP3 N P Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 83 Note: The connectors N, N and NP3 (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.

85 L.RN S R L.ERR L.RN S R L.ERR mplifier imensions (nit: mm) MR-J3-T4, T4 (Note) < Terminal arment > ø mounting hole 2 pprox PE 5 N N NP3 N P+ HRGE N N3 N5 N4 N2 8 N3 N N N7 N N N P+ Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M (25.5) (4) hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) NP3 MR-J3-2T, 35T (Note) 5 N NP3 N 45 N HRGE P L.RN S R L.ERR (25.5) N4 N2 N N3 N5 ø mounting hole N3 N (4) 8 N pprox. 8 hen MR-J3BT is mounted 2.4 (8) N7 95 Fan (airflow direction) < Terminal arment > N N N NP3 PE Screw size: M4 P < Mounting screw size > M5 MR-J3-2T4 (Note) 5 N N NP3 N P+ 45 HRGE 9 85 (25.5) 78 N4 N2 N N3 N5 ø mounting hole 8 (4) N3 N N pprox hen MR-J3BT is mounted (8) N7 Fan (airflow direction) < Terminal arment > PE N N Screw size: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 P+ N NP3 84 Note: The connectors N, N and NP3 (insertion type) are supplied with the servo amplifier.

86 L.RN S R L.ERR L.RN S R L.ERR L.RN S R L.ERR L.RN S R L.ERR N N2 N4 mplifier imensions (nit: mm) MR-J3-5T, 35T4, 5T (7.5) ø mounting hole L.RN S L.ERR R HRGE N4 N2 N N3 N5 N3 N N hen MR-J3BT is mounted pprox Fan (airflow direction) FN TE2 TE Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) Three ground terminals (M4) L.RN S L.ERR R N4 N2 N N3 N5 TE3 < Terminal screw size > TE: M4 TE2: M3.5 ( ) TE3: M4 PE: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 < Terminal arment > TE2 TE PE TE3 N P Built-in regenerative brake resistor lead terminal fixing screw. The TE2 terminal screw size will be M3.5 from pril 27. For the servo amplifiers manufactured on or before March 27, the terminal screw size is M3. MR-J3-7T, 7T ø mounting hole N N3 N5 N3 N N pprox Fan (airflow direction) FN Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) N3 N5 N < Terminal screw size > TE: M4 TE2: M3.5 ( ) TE3: M4 PE: M4 < Mounting screw size > M5 N4N2 N4N2 < Terminal arment > HRGE hen MR-J3BT is mounted 2.5 TE3 TE3 N TE TE2 (7.5) TE Three ground terminals (M4) TE2 PE P Built-in regenerative brake resistor lead terminal fixing screw. The TE2 terminal screw size will be M3.5 from pril 27. For the servo amplifiers manufactured on or before March 27, the terminal screw size is M3. MR-J3-KT to 22KT, KT4 to 22KT ø2 mounting hole pprox. 8 2 Fan (airflow direction) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) N N3 N5 N3 N N 4 37 HRGE hen MR-J3BT is mounted N N3 N5 N4 N TE 2 2=5 85 < Terminal arment > TE P N < Terminal screw size > Model Terminals MR-J3-KT(4), 5KT(4),,,,,, M, P,, N,, M4 MR-J3-22KT(4) M8 M < Mounting screw size > M

87 Options ynamic brake hen using an k or larger servo amplifier, use the dynamic brake if the servo motor must be suddenly stopped during a power failure or when the protection circuit functions. Model Fig. B-K B-5K B-22K B-K-4 MR-J3-K/B/T MR-J3-5K/B/T MR-J3-22K/B/T MR-J3-K4/B4/T4 B-22K-4 MR-J3-5K4/B4/T4 B MR-J3-22K4/B4/T4 Model rive unit Fig. MR-J3-3K/B B-37K MR-J3-37K/B MR-J3-3K4/B4 MR-J3-37K4/B4 B-55K-4 MR-J3-45K4/B4 MR-J3-55K4/B4 External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections 5 5 Model B-K B-5K B-22K E B E G F 2.3 Terminal arment a b 3 4 Screw size: M3.5 Screw size: M4 B E F G Mass kg (lb) Electrical wire size (mm 2 ) (4.4) 5.5 (G) (3) 5.5 (G) NFB M MR-J3-MB(4) (Note ) N3 LM R Servo motor H-LP SM Step-down transformer (Note 4) B (Note 2) R 2 2-ø7 mounting hole TE a b 3 4 Screw size: M3.5 TE2 R EM OFF Ready ON M M SK IOM OOM EM S 24 EM 4 3 TE TE2 43 Screw size: M4 R2 (Note ) a b ynamic brake (B) B TE TE2 Model Mass Electrical wire size (mm 2 ) kg (lb),, Other than,, B-K-4 B-22K-4.7 (5) 5.5 (G) 2 (G4) ø mounting hole TE2 23 TE Model B-37K B-55K-4 TE Screw size: M5 TE2 a b 3 4 Screw size: M Mass Electrical wire size (mm 2 ) kg (lb),, Other than,, 8 (8) 4 2 (24) (G) (G4) NFB R R2 M Step-down transformer (Note 4) EM Ready OFF/ON M SK onverter unit L+ L M M2 EM OOM (Note 5) EM rive unit MR-J3-MB(4) (Note ) L+ L N3 LM B (Note 2) IOM OOM EM S 24 EM (Note 5) 4 3 a ynamic brake (B) b R R 2 Servo motor H-LP SM Notes:. The connection diagrams, Fig. and B, are for MR-J3-MB(4) and Fig. for MR-J3-MB(4). For connection diagram for MR-J3-M(4) or MR-J3-M(4), refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL. 2. alidate the dynamic brake interlock (B) signal with the parameter No. P7 to P9 for MR-J3-MB(4) or MR-J3-MB(4). 3. The terminals 3 and 4 are normally opened outputs. If the dynamic brake is welded, the terminals 3 and 4 will be opened. So, create the external sequence that the servo on signal does not turn on when the terminals 3 and 4 are opened. 4. This is for 4. The 2 does not require a step-down transformer. 5. reate a circuit that validates the forced stop (EM) signals of the drive unit and the converter unit at the same time.. hen using B-K-4 or B-22K-4, the power supply must be between -phase 38 to 43 5/Hz. Refer to MR-J3 SERO MPLIFIER MNL for details. 8

88 MR-J3 Basic onfiguration MR-J3-Basic configuration Necessary optional cables and connectors vary depending on the servo amplifier type and servo motor series. Follow the flow below to make sure the options required. Selecting options for servo amplifiers General-purpose interface MR-J3-MM Refer to page 89 to 9 in this catalog. Servo amplifier SSNET3 compatible MR-J3-MBM Refer to page 94 to 9 in this catalog. Positioning function MR-J3-MTM -Link command Refer to page 98 to 99 in this catalog. I/O command MR-J3- Refer to page 99 in this catalog. Selecting cables for servo motor se the cables below for connecting the servo motor with the servo amplifier. Refer to the cable list in the following page for the corresponding cables. Encoder cable Power supply cable Electromagnetic brake cable (Note ) Small capacity Low inertia ltra low inertia HF-KPM(B) HF-MPM(B) able No. able No.2 able No.3 Medium inertia HF-SPM(B) able No.4 able No.5 able No. Servo motor Medium capacity Low inertia Flat type H-LPM(B) H-PM(B) able No.4 able No.7 able No.8 (Note 2) ltra low inertia H-RPM(B) able No.4 able No.7 Low inertia H-LPM(B) able No.4 able No.8 Medium/large capacity Low inertia For H-LP 2r/min series 5k and 7k H-LP52 H-LP72 able No.4 able No.7 Notes:. The electromagnetic cable is required only for the motor with an electromagnetic brake. 2. The electromagnetic cable is not required for.5k or smaller servo motors of H-LP series and of H-P series as the power supply connector has electromagnetic brake terminals. 87

89 MR-J3 Basic onfiguration ables for servo motors No. Item Model Encoder cable: Select one from the following () to (8). m or shorter (irect connection type) Exceeding m (Relay type) IP5 I Lead out in direction of motor shaft Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft Lead out in direction of motor shaft Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft Long bending life Standard Long bending life Standard Long bending life Standard Long bending life Standard () (2) (3) (4) (5) () (7) (8) MR-J3ENBLMM--H MR-J3ENBLMM--L MR-J3ENBLMM-2-H MR-J3ENBLMM-2-L Two types of cables are required. MR-J3JBM--L MR-EKBLMM-H Two types of cables are required. MR-J3JBM--L MR-EKBLMM-L Two types of cables are required. MR-J3JBM-2-L MR-EKBLMM-H Two types of cables are required. MR-J3JBM-2-L MR-EKBLMM-L Refer to item q on page 9 of this catalog. Refer to item w on page 9 of this catalog. Refer to item e and t on page 9 of this catalog. Refer to item r and t on page 9 of this catalog. Motor power supply cable: Select one from the following () to (). 2 m or shorter (irect connection type) Exceeding m (Relay type) IP5 IP55 Lead out in direction of motor shaft Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft Lead out in direction of motor shaft Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft Long bending life Standard Long bending life Standard Standard Standard () (2) (3) (4) (5) () MR-PSBLMM--H MR-PSBLMM--L MR-PSBLMM-2-H MR-PSBLMM-2-L se a user-manufactured cable connected to MR-PS2BM--L (optional cable). se a user-manufactured cable connected to MR-PS2BM-2-L (optional cable). Refer to item! on page 9 of this catalog. Refer to item! on page 9 of this catalog. Refer to item!2 on page 9 of this catalog. Refer to item!3 on page 9 of this catalog. Motor electromagnetic brake cable: Select one from the following () to (). 3 m or shorter (irect connection type) Exceeding m (Relay type) IP5 IP55 Lead out in direction of motor shaft Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft Lead out in direction of motor shaft Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft Long bending life Standard Long bending life Standard Standard Standard () (2) (3) (4) (5) () MR-BKSBLMM--H MR-BKSBLMM--L MR-BKSBLMM-2-H MR-BKSBLMM-2-L se a user-manufactured cable connected to MR-BKS2BM--L (optional cable). se a user-manufactured cable connected to MR-BKS2BM-2-L (optional cable). Refer to item!9 on page 92 of this catalog. Refer to on page 92 of this catalog. Refer to on page 92 of this catalog. Refer to on page 92 of this catalog. Encoder cable: Select one from the following () to (2). 4 IP7 Long bending life Standard () (2) MR-J3ENSBLMM-H MR-J3ENSBLMM-L Refer to item u on page 9 of this catalog. 5 Motor power supply cable: Select one from the following () to (3). IP7 For HF-SP5, 8 HF-SP52(4), 2(4), 52(4) For HF-S2, 2, 3 HF-S2(4), 352(4), 52(4) For HF-SP42, 72(4) () (2) (3) Manufacture a cable using MR-PNS4 (optional connector). Manufacture a cable using MR-PNS5 (optional connector). Manufacture a cable using MR-PNS3 (optional connector). Refer to item!4 on page 92 of this catalog. Refer to item!5 on page 92 of this catalog. Refer to item! on page 92 of this catalog. Motor electromagnetic brake cable Manufacture a cable using MR-BKNS (optional connector). Motor power supply cable: Select one from the following () to (3). For H-LP52, 2, 52 H-R3, 53, 23 H-P72, 52 () Manufacture a cable using MR-PNS (optional connector). Refer to item!7 on page 92 of this catalog. 7 IP5, IP7 For H-L2, 32 H-RP353, 53 H-2, 352, 52 H-LP52 (2) Manufacture a cable using MR-PNS2 (optional connector). Refer to item!8 on page 92 of this catalog. For H-LP72 (3) Manufacture a cable using MR-PNS3 (optional connector). Refer to item! on page 92 of this catalog. 8 Motor electromagnetic brake cable Manufacture a cable using MR-BKN (optional cable). 88

90 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3- Q75P Q75 S75P FX2N-2GM FX2N-GM FX2N-PG FX2N-PG Positioning unit Operation panel N N5 N N3 N N Parameter unit MR-PR3 MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SETME NP3 N2 BSE-T cable etc. (EI58 compliant) <For HF-KP/HF-MP servo motor series: encoder cable length m or shorter> For leading the cables out in a direction of the motor shaft To NP3 Motor power supply cable Motor electromagnetic brake cable To N2 For leading the cables out in an opposite direction of the motor shaft Motor power supply cable Motor electromagnetic brake cable 9 Encoder cable Battery connection relay cable Encoder cable Servo motor Servo motor <For HF-KP/HF-MP servo motor series: encoder cable length over m> For leading the cables out in a direction of the motor shaft To NP3 Motor power supply cable 2 ire size.75mm 2 (G9) (Note 2) Manufacture a relay cable. Motor electromagnetic brake cable 2 ire size.5mm 2 (G2) Manufacture a relay cable. Encoder cable Battery connection relay cable To N2 For leading the cables out in an opposite direction of the motor shaft Motor electromagnetic brake cable Manufacture a relay cable. Encoder cable Motor power supply cable Manufacture a relay cable. (Note 2) 22 ire size.5mm 2 (G2) 3 ire size.75mm 2 (G9) 3 (Note ) (Note ) Servo motor Servo motor Notes:. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. 2. If the length exceeds m, relay a cable using the cable MR-PS2BM--L/-2-L. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on manufacturing the relay cable. 3. If the length exceeds m, relay a cable using the cable MR-BKS2BM--L/-2-L. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. Refer to MR-J3-M SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on manufacturing the relay cable. <For HF-SP servo motor series> Motor power supply connector To NP3 (for the servo amplifier 2 3.5k or smaller and 4 2k or smaller) To TE (for the servo amplifier 2 5k or 7k and 4 3.5k to 7k) 4 5 Manufacture a cable. Motor electromagnetic brake connector To N2 23 Manufacture a cable. Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable 9 8 Servo motor 89

91 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3- <For H-LP/H-RP/H-P servo motor series or H-LP52/72> Motor power supply connector To NP3 (for the servo amplifier 2 3.5k or smaller and 4 2k or smaller) To TE (for the servo amplifier 2 5k or 7k and 4 3.5k to 7k) 7 8 Manufacture a cable. Motor electromagnetic brake connector To N2 24 (Note) Manufacture a cable. Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable 9 8 Servo motor Note: The electromagnetic cable is not required for.5k or smaller servo motors of H-LP series and of H-P series as the power supply connector has electromagnetic brake terminals. <For H-LP servo motor series 22k or smaller (Note )> Q75P Q75 S75P FX2N-2GM FX2N-GM FX2N-PG FX2N-PG Positioning unit Operation panel N5 N N3 N Parameter unit MR-PR3 MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET2E Motor electromagnetic brake connector N2 BSE-T cable etc. (EI58 compliant) 24 (Note 2, 3) Manufacture a cable. Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable 8 9 Servo motor Notes:. H-LP52 and 72 are excluded. 2. The servo motors with an electromagnetic brake are available in 2k or smaller for H-LP r/min series, 5k or smaller for H-LP 5r/min series and to 22k for H-LP 2r/min series. 3. For connectors in general-environment use, refer to the section Ordering information for ustomers. <For H-LP servo motor series 3k or larger> Q75P Q75 S75P FX2N-2GM FX2N-GM FX2N-PG FX2N-PG Positioning unit Operation panel onverter unit rive unit BSE-T cable etc. (EI58 compliant) Parameter unit MR-PR3 MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET2E N N N 3 N5 N4 N N N4 N3 N Battery connection relay cable 35 N4B 9 N2 33 Encoder cable Servo motor

92 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3- Encoder cables and connector sets for N2 q w e r t y u m or shorter (irect connection type) Exceeding m (Relay type) Exceeding m (Relay type) Protection Item Model escription level Encoder cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in direction of motor shaft Encoder cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft Motor-side encoder cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in direction of motor shaft Motor-side encoder cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft mplifier-side encoder cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Junction connector, mplifier connector (Note 2) for HF-KP/HF-MP series Encoder cable for HF-SP/H-LP/H-RP/H-P/ H-LP series MR-J3ENBLMM--H M=cable length: 2, 5, m (Note ) MR-J3ENBLMM--L M=cable length: 2, 5, m (Note ) MR-J3ENBLMM-2-H M=cable length: 2, 5, m (Note ) MR-J3ENBLMM-2-L M=cable length: 2, 5, m (Note ) MR-J3JBM--L able length:.3m (Note ) MR-J3JBM-2-L able length:.3m (Note ) MR-EKBLMM-H M=cable length: 2, 3, 4, 5m (Note ) MR-EKBLMM-L M=cable length: 2, 3m (Note ) MR-ENM MR-J3ENSBLMM-H M=cable length: 2, 5,, 2, 3, 4, 5m (Note ) MR-J3ENSBLMM-L M=cable length: 2, 5,, 2, 3m (Note ) IP5 IP5 IP5 IP5 I I I I I IP7 IP7 Encoder connector (Tyco Electronics MP) mplifier connector 32-PL (receptacle, 3M) (shell kit, 3M), or (connector set, Molex) Encoder connector (Tyco Electronics MP) Junction connector (Tyco Electronics MP) (with ring) (contact) (housing) (cable clamp) se this in combination of t or y. Junction connector (Tyco Electronics MP) (housing) (connector pin) MTI-2 (cable clamp, TO ELETRI INSTRIL) se this in combination of e or r. Junction connector (Tyco Electronics MP) (housing) (connector pin) MTI-2 (cable clamp, TO ELETRI INSTRIL) <pplicable cable example> ire size:.3mm 2 (G22) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ8.2mm rimping tool (9529-) is required. Encoder connector (K) <For m or shorter cable> M-SS-M (straight plug) M-#22S()- (socket contact) mplifier connector 32-PL (receptacle, 3M) (shell kit, 3M), or (connector set, Molex) mplifier connector (connector set, Molex), or 32-PL (receptacle, 3M) (shell kit, 3M) se these in combination of e or r. mplifier connector 32-PL (receptacle, 3M) (shell kit, 3M), or (connector set, Molex) <For exceeding m> M-SS-M (straight plug) M-#22S(2)- (socket contact) i Encoder connector set for HF-SP/H-LP/H-RP/H-P/ H-LP series MR-J3SNS IP7 Encoder connector (K) M-SS-M (straight plug) M-#22S(S)- (socket contact) <pplicable cable example> ire size:.5mm 2 (G2) or smaller ompleted cable outer diameter: φ. to 9.mm mplifier connector 32-PL (receptacle, 3M) (shell kit, 3M), or (connector set, Molex) mplifier N2 connector (3M or an equivalent product) 32-PL (receptacle) (shell kit) o Battery connection relay cable MR-J3BTBM able length:.3m (Note 4) Battery connector (HIROSE ELETRI) F3-2EP-2 (plug) F3-E428P (rimping terminal for plug) 2 pcs. Junction connector (3M) 3-3F (plug) 33-F2-8 (shell kit) Not required when the servo system is used in incremental mode. Refer to the section Options Battery connection relay cable for details. 9 Select one from! to!8 for the motor power supply!!!2!3 m or shorter (irect connection type) Exceeding m (Relay type) Power supply cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in direction of motor shaft Power supply cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft Power supply cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in direction of motor shaft Power supply cable for HF-KP/HF-MP series Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft MR-PSBLMM--H M=cable length: 2, 5, m (Note ) MR-PSBLMM--L M=cable length: 2, 5, m (Note ) MR-PSBLMM-2-H M=cable length: 2, 5, m (Note ) MR-PSBLMM-2-L M=cable length: 2, 5, m (Note ) MR-PS2BM--L able length:.3m (Note ) MR-PS2BM-2-L able length:.3m (Note ) IP5 IP5 IP5 IP5 Motor power supply connector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) JN4FT4SJ-R (plug) ST-TMH-S-B--(534G) (socket contact) Lead-out Motor power supply connector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) JN4FT4SJ2-R (plug) ST-TMH-S-B--(534G) (socket contact) Lead-out Notes:. -H and -L indicate a bending life. -H indicates a long bending life, and -L indicates a standard bending life. 2. Refer to MR-J3 SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on manufacturing the cable. 3. Molex connector can be used for the amplifier N2 connector. Model: (connector set) 4. The battery connection relay cable (MR-J3BTBM) has a diode built-in. o not manufacture this cable. This optional cable must be used. IP55 IP55

93 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3- Select one from! to!8 for the motor power supply For N, N, NP3 Select one for the motor @5 Protection Item Model escription level Power supply connector for HF-SP5, 8, HF-SP52, 2, 52, HF-SP524, 24, 524 Power supply connector for HF-S2, 2, 3 HF-S2, 352, 52, HF-S24, 3524, 524 Power supply connector for HF-SP42, 72, 724 H-LP72 Power supply connector for H-LP52, 2, 52, H-R3, 53, 23, H-P72, 52 Power supply connector for H-L2, 32, H-RP353, 53, H-2, 352, 52, H-LP52 m or shorter (irect connection type) Exceeding m (Relay type) Brake connector for HF-SP series mplifier power supply connector set Brake cable for HF-KP/ HF-MP series Lead out in direction of motor shaft Brake cable for HF-KP/ HF-MP series Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft Brake cable for HF-KP/ HF-MP series Lead out in direction of motor shaft Brake cable for HF-KP/ HF-MP series Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft For k or smaller (/2) For 2k, 3.5k (2) MR-PNS4 (Straight type) MR-PNS5 (Straight type) MR-PNS3 (Straight type) MR-PNS (Straight type) MR-PNS2 (Straight type) MR-BKSBLMM--H M=cable length: 2, 5, m (Note ) MR-BKSBLMM--L M=cable length: 2, 5, m (Note ) MR-BKSBLMM-2-H M=cable length: 2, 5, m (Note ) MR-BKSBLMM-2-L M=cable length: 2, 5, m (Note ) MR-BKS2BM--L able length:.3m (Note ) MR-BKS2BM-2-L able length:.3m (Note ) MR-BKNS (Straight type) (Standard accessory: Insertion type) IP7 IP7 IP7 IP5 IP5 IP5 IP5 IP5 IP5 IP55 IP55 IP7 Brake connector for H-L2B, 32B, H-2B, 352B, H-LB, 8B, 2KB, MR-BKN 4B, 84B, 2K4B, (Straight type) H-LP7MB, KMB, 5KMB, IP5 7M4B, KM4B, 5KM4B, H-LK2B, 5K2B, 22K2B, K24B, 5K24B, 22K24B Motor power supply connector (K) E5-8-S--BSS (plug) (straight) E (cable clamp) <pplicable cable example> ire size: 2mm 2 (G4) to 3.5mm 2 (G2) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ.5 to 4.mm Motor power supply connector (K) E S--BSS (plug) (straight) E (cable clamp) <pplicable cable example> ire size: 5.5mm 2 (G) to 8mm 2 (G8) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ2.5 to mm Motor power supply connector (K) E5-32-7S--BSS (plug) (straight) E (cable clamp) <pplicable cable example> ire size: 4mm 2 (G) to 22mm 2 (G4) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ22 to 23.8mm Motor power supply connector (K) E S--BSS (plug) (straight) E (cable clamp) <pplicable cable example> ire size: 2mm 2 (G4) to 3.5mm 2 (G2) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ9.5 to 3mm Motor power supply connector (K) E5-24-S--BSS (plug) (straight) E (cable clamp) <pplicable cable example> ire size: 5.5mm 2 (G) to 8mm 2 (G8) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ3 to 5.5mm Motor brake connector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) JN4FT2SJ-R (plug) ST-TMH-S-B--(534G) (socket contact) Lead-out Motor brake connector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) JN4FT2SJ2-R (plug) ST-TMH-S-B--(534G) (socket contact) Lead-out Motor brake connector (K) (soldered type) M-SS-L(straight plug), M-#22S(S2)-(socket contact) <pplicable cable example> ire size:.25mm 2 (G) or smaller ompleted cable outer diameter: φ9. to.mm Motor brake connector /MS3SL-4S(9) (plug, K) YSO-5 to 8 (cable connector (straight), aiwa engyo) <pplicable cable example> ire size:.3mm 2 (G22) to.25mm 2 (G) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ5 to 8.3mm N connector (connector) (Molex or an equivalent N connector NP3 connector Insertion tool (connector) (Molex or an equivalent product) product) <pplicable cable example> (Note 2) ire size:.4mm 2 (G2) to 2.5mm 2 (G4) ompleted cable outer diameter: up to φ3.8mm N connector P4/-STF-7.2-RH (connector) (PHOENIX or an equivalent product) product) <pplicable cable example> (Note 2) ire size:.2mm 2 (G24) to 5.5mm 2 (G) ompleted cable outer diameter: up to φ5mm N connector (connector) (Molex or an equivalent product) (Molex or an equivalent product) N connector NP3 connector Insertion tool (connector) (Molex or an equivalent P4/3-STF-7.2-RH (connector) (PHOENIX or an equivalent product) (Molex or an equivalent product) N connector NP3 connector Insertion tool For 2k or smaller (4) Notes:. -H and -L indicate a bending life. -H indicates a long bending life, and -L indicates a standard bending life. 2. Refer to the section Peripheral Equipment Electrical wires, circuit breakers, magnetic contactors in this catalog for details on recommended electrical wire size. 3. The connector type terminal blocks are available for /2 3.5kw or smaller and 4 2k or smaller servo amplifiers. For 2 5kw or larger and 4 3.5k or larger, screw type connector blocks are used /2- (plug) (GO or an equivalent 72-25/2- (plug) (GO or an equivalent product) product) <pplicable cable example> (Note 2) ire size:.8mm 2 (G28) to 2mm 2 (G4) ompleted cable outer diameter: up to φ4.mm 72-23/2- (plug) (GO or an equivalent product) 23-3 (GO or an equivalent product) 92

94 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3- Protection Item Model escription level N connector Junction terminal block cable MR-J3N MR-J2M-NTBLMM M=cable length:.5, m mplifier connector (3M or an equivalent product) 5-3PE (connector) 35-52F-8 (shell kit) Junction terminal block connector (3M) 795-B5FL (connector) mplifier connector (3M or an equivalent product) 5-EL (connector) (shell kit) (Note ) For Personal computer communication cable SB cable MR-J3SBBM able length: 3m mplifier connector mini-b connector (5 pins) Personal computer connector connector For Monitor cable MR-J3NBM able length: m mplifier connector (Molex) 54-3 (housing) 5-8 (terminal) # Junction terminal block MR-TB5 For drive unit N4, and converter unit N4 # Protection coordination cable MR-J3L5M able length:.5m #2 onnector set MR-J2N- onverter unit connector (3M or an equivalent product) 2-3PE (connector) 32-52F-8 (shell kit) (Note 2) onverter unit connector (3M or an equivalent product) 2-3PE (connector) 32-52F-8 (shell kit) (Note 2) rive unit connector (HON TSSHIN KOGYO) PR-S2FS+(connector) PR-LS2L (case) rive unit connector (HON TSSHIN KOGYO) PR-S2FS+(connector) PR-LS2L (case) For drive unit N4B #3 Terminal connector MR-J3-TM Terminal connector For converter unit #4 #5 ontrol signal connector (for N) Magnetic contactor control connector (for N) (Standard accessory) (Standard accessory) onverter unit connector (K) 7JE239-2(8)K-G (connector) onverter unit connector (PHOENIX) GMSTB 2.5/2-GF-7.2 (socket) Notes:. The connector and the shell kit are press bonding type. Models for soldered type are 5-3PE (connector) and 35-52F-8 (shell kit). 2. The connector and the shell kit are soldered type. Models for press bonding type are 2-EL (connector) and (shell kit). 93

95 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3-B Q72HP Q73HP Q75MH FX3u-2SS-H ontroller N N5 N3 N N MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET2E N N5 N3 N N NP3 NB NP3 NB 3 N2 N2 ttach the cap to the unused connector. <For HF-KP/HF-MP servo motor series: encoder cable length m or shorter> For leading the cables out in a direction of the motor shaft To NP3 Motor power supply cable Motor electromagnetic brake cable To N2 For leading the cables out in an opposite direction of the motor shaft Motor power supply cable Motor electromagnetic brake cable 9 Battery connection relay cable Encoder cable Encoder cable Servo motor Servo motor <For HF-KP/HF-MP servo motor series: encoder cable length over m> For leading the cables out in a direction of the motor shaft To NP3 Motor power supply cable 2 ire size.75mm 2 (G9) (Note 2) Manufacture a relay cable. Motor electromagnetic brake cable 2 ire size.5mm 2 (G2) Manufacture a relay cable. Encoder cable 3 5 (Note ) Battery connection relay cable 9 To N2 For leading the cables out in an opposite direction of the motor shaft Manufacture a relay cable. 5 Manufacture a relay cable. Motor electromagnetic brake cable Encoder cable 4 (Note ) Motor power supply cable (Note 2) 3 ire size.75mm 2 (G9) 22 ire size.5mm 2 (G2) Servo motor Servo motor Notes:. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. 2. If the length exceeds m, relay a cable using the cable MR-PS2BM--L/-2-L. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. Refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on manufacturing the relay cable. 3. If the length exceeds m, relay a cable using the cable MR-BKS2BM--L/-2-L. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. Refer to MR-J3-MB SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on manufacturing the relay cable. <For HF-SP servo motor series> Motor power supply connector To NP3 (for the servo amplifier 2 3.5k or smaller and 4 2k or smaller) To TE (for the servo amplifier 2 5k or 7k and 4 3.5k to 7k) Manufacture a 4 5 cable. Motor electromagnetic brake connector To N2 23 Manufacture a cable. Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable 9 8 Servo motor 94

96 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3-B <For H-LP/H-RP/H-P servo motor series or H-LP52/72> Motor power supply connector To NP3 (for the servo amplifier 2 3.5k or smaller and 4 2k or smaller) To TE (for the servo amplifier 2 5k or 7k and 4 3.5k to 7k) Manufacture a 7 8 cable. Motor electromagnetic brake connector To N2 24 (Note) Manufacture a cable. Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable 9 8 Servo motor Note: The electromagnetic cable is not required for.5k or smaller servo motors of H-LP series and of H-P series as the power supply connector has electromagnetic brake terminals. <For H-LP servo motor series 22k or smaller (Note )> Q72HP Q73HP Q75MH FX3u-2SS-H ontroller N5 N3 N MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET2E N5 N3 N NB NB 3 N2 N2 Motor electromagnetic brake connector ttach the cap to the unused connector. 24 (Note 2, 3) Manufacture a cable. Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable 8 9 Servo motor Notes:. H-LP52 and 72 are excluded. 2. The servo motors with an electromagnetic brake are available in 2k or smaller for H-LP r/min series, 5k or smaller for H-LP 5r/min series and to 22k for H-LP 2r/min series. 3. For connectors in general-environment use, refer to the section Ordering information for ustomers. 95

97 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3-B <For H-LP servo motor series 3k or larger> Q72HP Q73HP Q75MH FX3u-2SS-H ontroller 32 3 MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET2E onverter unit rive unit onverter unit 29 rive unit N N N N N5 N3 N N N N4 33 N5 N3 N N4 N4B N NB N N4 N4B N NB 3 N2 N Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable ttach the cap to the unused connector. 8 9 Servo motor <For MR-J3-MBM-RJ> For options other than for the connector N2L, refer to the section able and connectors for MR-J3-B on page 95 and 9 in this catalog. N N5 N3 N NP3 N NB N2 N2L The necessary options for the connector N2L vary depending on the linear scale or the linear encoder used. Refer to MR-J3-MB-RJ SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. 9

98 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3-B Encoder cables, battery connection relay cable, power supply cables, brake cables, and servo amplifier power supply connector set from q are same as for MR-J3-. Refer to page 9 and 92 in this catalog. Protection Item Model escription level For controller, @8 SSNET3 cable (Standard cord for inside panel) SSNET3 cable (Standard cable for outside panel) SSNET3 cable (Long distance cable) (Note 2) MR-J3BSMM M=cable length:.5,.3,.5,, 3m MR-J3BSMM- M=cable length: 5,, 2m MR-J3BSMM-B M=cable length: 3, 4, 5m onnector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) PF-23 (connector) onnector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) F-23-S (connector) onnector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) PF-23 (connector) onnector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) F-23-S (connector) Note: Look carefully through the precautions enclosed with the options before the onnector set for SSNET3 MR-J3BN onnector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) PF-23 (connector) onnector (Japan viation Electronics Industry) PF-23 (connector) For NB # onnector cap for SSNET3 (Standard accessory) For N5 # Personal computer communication cable SB cable MR-J3SBBM able length: 3m mplifier connector mini-b connector (5 pins) Personal computer connector connector Note: This cable cannot be used with the SSNET3 compatible controller. For N3 #2 Input/output signal connector MR-N mplifier connector (3M or an equivalent product) 2-3PE (connector) 32-52F-8 (shell kit) (Note ) For drive unit N4 and converter unit N4 #3 Protection coordination cable MR-J3L5M able length:.5m #4 onnector set MR-J2N- onverter unit connector (3M or an equivalent product) 2-3PE (connector) 32-52F-8 (shell kit) (Note ) onverter unit connector (3M or an equivalent product) 2-3PE (connector) 32-52F-8 (shell kit) (Note ) rive unit connector (HON TSSHIN KOGYO) PR-S2FS+(connector) PR-LS2L (case) rive unit connector (HON TSSHIN KOGYO) PR-S2FS+(connector) PR-LS2L (case) For drive unit N4B #5 Terminal connector MR-J3-TM Terminal connector For converter unit # #7 ontrol signal connector (for N) Magnetic contactor control connector (for N) (Standard accessory) (Standard accessory) onverter unit connector (K) 7JE239-2(8)K-G (connector) onverter unit connector (PHOENIX) GMSTB 2.5/2-GF-7.2 (socket) For N2L #8 #9 $ N2L cable N2L connector set N2L connector MR-EKBLMM-H M=cable length: 2, 5,m MR-ENM MR-J3N2 mplifier connector 32-PL (receptacle, 3M) (shell kit, 3M), or (connector set, Molex) mplifier connector (connector set, Molex), or 32-PL (receptacle, 3M) (shell kit, 3M) Notes:. The connector and the shell kit are soldered type. Models for press bonding type are 2-EL (connector) and (shell kit). 2. ontact Mitsubishi for details on cables shorter than 3m. 3. Special tools are required. ontact Mitsubishi for details. I I mplifier connector 32-PL (receptacle, 3M) (shell kit, 3M), or (connector set, Molex) Junction connector (Tyco Electronics MP) (housing) (connector pin) MTI-2 (cable clamp, TO ELETRI INSTRIL) Junction connector (Tyco Electronics MP) (housing) (connector pin) MTI-2 (cable clamp, TO ELETRI INSTRIL) <pplicable cable example> ire size:.3mm 2 (G22) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ8.2mm rimping tool (9529-) is required. 97

99 PR3 LM/ T MON GN PRM TEST Fn SHIFT ES E F B 4 5 F 2 3 RE STEP STOP RESET Options ables and connectors for MR-J3-T -Link master unit (Programmable controller) 25 N N NP3 N5 N3 N N BSE-T cable etc. (EI58 compliant) 27 2 MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET2E Parameter unit MR-PR3 N N NP3 N5 N3 N N Terminal resistor N2 N2 <For HF-KP/HF-MP servo motor series: encoder cable length m or shorter> For leading the cables out in a direction of the motor shaft To NP3 Motor power supply cable Motor electromagnetic brake cable To N2 For leading the cables out in an opposite direction of the motor shaft Motor power supply cable Motor electromagnetic brake cable 9 Encoder cable Battery connection relay cable Encoder cable Servo motor Servo motor <For HF-KP/HF-MP servo motor series: encoder cable length over m> For leading the cables out in a direction of the motor shaft To NP3 Motor power supply cable 2 ire size.75mm 2 (G9) (Note 2) Manufacture a relay cable. Motor electromagnetic brake cable 2 ire size.5mm 2 (G2) Manufacture a relay cable. Encoder cable Battery connection relay cable To N2 For leading the cables out in an opposite direction of the motor shaft Motor electromagnetic brake cable Manufacture a relay cable. Encoder cable Motor power supply cable Manufacture a relay cable. (Note 2) 22 ire size.5mm 2 (G2) 3 ire size.75mm 2 (G9) (Note ) 9 (Note ) Servo motor Servo motor Notes:. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. 2. If the length exceeds m, relay a cable using the cable MR-PS2BM--L/-2-L. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. Refer to MR-J3-MT SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on manufacturing the relay cable. 3. If the length exceeds m, relay a cable using the cable MR-BKS2BM--L/-2-L. This cable does not have a long bending life, so always fix the cable before using. Refer to MR-J3-MT SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on manufacturing the relay cable. <For HF-SP servo motor series> Motor power supply connector To NP3 (for the servo amplifier 2 3.5k or smaller and 4 2k or smaller) To TE (for the servo amplifier 2 5k or 7k and 4 3.5k to 7k) Manufacture a 4 5 cable. Motor electromagnetic brake connector To N2 23 Manufacture a cable. Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable 9 8 Servo motor 98

100 PR3 LM/ T MON GN PRM TEST Fn SHIFT ES E F B 4 5 F 2 3 RE STEP STOP RESET Options ables and connectors for MR-J3-T <For H-LP/H-RP/H-P servo motor series or H-LP52/72> Motor power supply connector To NP3 (for the servo amplifier 2 3.5k or smaller and 4 2k or smaller) To TE (for the servo amplifier 2 5k or 7k and 4 3.5k to 7k) Manufacture a 7 8 cable. Motor electromagnetic brake connector To N2 24 (Note) Manufacture a cable. Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable 9 8 Servo motor Note: The electromagnetic cable is not required for.5k or smaller servo motors of H-LP series and of H-P series as the power supply connector has electromagnetic brake terminals. <For H-LP servo motor series (Note )> -Link master unit (Programmable controller) N5 N3 N N 2 BSE-T cable etc. (EI58 compliant) 27 MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SET2E Parameter unit MR-PR3 N5 N3 N N Terminal resistor N2 N2 Motor power supply connector 24 (Note 2, 3) Manufacture a cable. Encoder cable 7 Battery connection relay cable 8 9 Servo motor Notes:. H-LP52 and 72 are excluded. 2. The servo motors with an electromagnetic brake are available in 2k or smaller for H-LP r/min series, 5k or smaller for H-LP 5r/min series and to 22k for H-LP 2r/min series. 3. For connectors in general-environment use, refer to the section Ordering information for ustomers. <sing the extension IO unit MR-J3- (Note)> Extension IO unit N N5 N3 N2 N3 28 N NP3 N N N igital switch N Note: ables and connectors for the servo amplifiers are same as when the extension IO unit is not used. 99

101 Options ables and connectors for MR-J3-T Encoder cables, battery connection relay cable, power supply cables, brake cables, and servo amplifier power supply connector set from q are same as for MR-J3-. Refer to page 9 and 92 in this catalog. For Protection Item Model escription level Personal computer communication cable MR-J3SBBM SB cable able length: 3m mplifier connector mini-b connector (5 pins) Personal computer connector connector For N connector MR-J2M mplifier connector (3M or an equivalent product) 2-3PE (connector) 32-52F-8 (shell kit) For Input/output signal connector MR-N mplifier connector (3M or an equivalent product) 2-3PE (connector) 32-52F-8 (shell kit) (Note 2) For # Input/output signal connector Junction terminal block cable MR-J3N MR-J2M-NTBLMM M=cable length:.5, m mplifier connector (3M or an equivalent product) 5-3PE (connector) 35-52F-8 (shell kit) mplifier connector (3M or an equivalent product) 5-EL (connector) (shell kit) Junction terminal block connector (3M) 795-B5FL (connector) # Junction terminal block MR-TB5 #2 igital switch cable (for between MR-S and MR-J3-) MR-SBLMM-G M=cable length: 3, 5, m #3 igital switch cable (for between each MR-S) MR-SBLM M=cable length: 25, cm Notes:. The connector and the shell kit are press bonding type. Models for soldered type are 2-3PE (connector) and 35-52F-8 (shell kit). 2. The connector and the shell kit are soldered type. Models for press bonding type are 2-EL (connector) and (shell kit). 3. The connector and the shell kit are press bonding type. Models for soldered type are 5-3PE (connector) and 35-52F-8 (shell kit).

102 Ordering Information for ustomers To order the following products, contact the relevant manufacturers directly. Personal computer communication cables Protection Item Model escription level RS-422/RS-232 conversion cable F-T-RS4S S-B RS-422 cable RS-422/RS-232 converter RS-232 cable Manufacturer: MITSBISHI ELETRI ENGINEERING OMPNY LIMITE mplifier connector Personal computer connector Manufacturer: iatrend orp. RS-422 connector Protection Item Model escription level RS-422 connector TMP-88P Manufacturer: HIROSE ELETRI O., LT. RS-422 distributor (for multi drop) Protection Item Model escription level RS-422 distributor BMJ-8 Manufacturer: HHIKO ELETRI O., LT. -Link twisted cable Protection Item Model escription level -Link twisted cable FN-SBH Manufacturer: Kuramo Electric o., LT. power supply connectors (press bonding type)... For k or smaller Item Model Protection level escription pplicable cable example mplifier N connector 524- (connector) (terminal) Manufacturer: Molex mplifier N connector (connector) (terminal) Manufacturer: Molex ire size:.75mm 2 (G8) to 2.5mm 2 (G4) ompleted cable outer diameter: up to φ3.8mm rimping tool (NP ) is required. mplifier NP3 connector (connector) (terminal) Manufacturer: Molex Encoder connectors <For HF-KP/HF-MP series> Item Model Protection level escription pplicable cable example Motor encoder connector mplifier N2 connector (Note ) (connector set) IP5 Manufacturer: Tyco Electronics MP K.K. Manufacturer: Molex ire size:.4mm 2 (G2) to.3mm 2 (G22) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ7. ±.3mm rimping tools, (for gland clip) and (for receptacle contact), are required. <For HF-SP/H-LP/H-RP/H-P/H-LP series> Item Motor encoder connector Type Straight onnector Straight plug M-SS-M Socket contact M-#22S()- M-#22S(2)- ontact Press bonding type Protection level IP7 escription pplicable cable example ire size ompleted cable outer diameter.3mm 2 (G22) to.5mm 2 (G2) rimping tool (357J-544) is required..8mm 2 (G28) to.25mm 2 (G23) rimping tool (357J-5447) is required. φ. to 9.mm M-#22S(S)- Soldered type Manufacturer: K Ltd..5mm 2 (G2) or smaller mplifier N2 connector (Note) (connector set) Manufacturer: Molex Note: The amplifier N2 connector manufactured by 3M can also be used. Model: 32-PL (receptacle), (shell kit).

103 Ordering Information for ustomers Motor power supply connectors <For HF-KP/HF-MP series> Protection Item Model escription pplicable cable example level Motor power supply connector JN4FT4SJ-R (plug) ST-TMH-S-B--(534G) (socket contact) IP5 Manufacturer: Japan viation Electronics Industry, Ltd. ire size:.75mm 2 (G9) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ.2 ±.3mm Fluoric resin wire (inyl jacket cable F4 <L Style 23> (SP38-X), KRBE INSTRIL O.,LT. or an equivalent product) rimping tool (T-3-TMH5B) is required. <For HF-SP series> Item Motor power supply connector for HF-SP5, 8, HF-SP52, 2, 52, HF-SP524, 24, 524 Motor power supply connector for HF-S2, 2, 3, HF-S2, 352, 52, HF-S24, 3524, 524 Motor power supply connector for HF-SP42, 72, HF-SP724 Note: Not compliant with EN standards. Plug able clamp Type Model Model Straight E5-8-S--BSS E E ngled E5-88-S--BS E E Straight /MS3B8-S /MS357- ngled /MS38B8-S /MS357- Straight E S--BSS E E ngled E S--BS E E Straight /MS3B22-22S /MS357-2 ngled /MS38B22-22S /MS357-2 Straight E5-32-7S--BSS E ngled E S--BS E Straight /MS3B32-7S /MS357-2 ngled /MS38B32-7S /MS357-2 <For H-LP/H-RP/H-P series or H-LP52/72> Item Motor power supply connector for H-LP52, 2, 52, H-R3, 53, 23, H-P72, 52 Motor power supply connector for H-L2, 32, H-RP353, 53, H-2, 352, 52, H-LP52 Motor power supply connector for H-LP72 Note: Not compliant with EN standards. Plug able clamp Type Model Model Straight E S--BSS E E ngled E S--BS E E Straight /MS3B22-23S /MS357-2 ngled /MS38B22-23S /MS357-2 Straight E5-24-S--BSS E E ngled E5-824-S--BS E E Straight /MS3B24-S /MS357- ngled /MS38B24-S /MS357- Straight E5-32-7S--BSS E ngled E S--BS E Straight /MS3B32-7S /MS357-2 ngled /MS38B32-7S /MS357-2 Protection level IP7 EN standards General environment (Note) IP7 EN standards General environment (Note) IP7 EN standards General environment (Note) Protection level IP5 EN standards General environment (Note) IP5 EN standards General environment (Note) IP5 EN standards General environment (Note) escription <Straight type> able Plug clamp Manufacturer: K Ltd. <ngled type> Plug able clamp Manufacturer: K Ltd. escription <Straight type> able Plug clamp Manufacturer: K Ltd. <ngled type> Plug able clamp Manufacturer: K Ltd. ire size 2mm 2 (G4) to 3.5mm 2 (G2) 3.5mm 2 (G2) to 8mm 2 (G8) 4mm 2 (G) to 22mm 2 (G4) ire size 2mm 2 (G4) to 3.5mm 2 (G2) 5.5mm 2 (G) to 8mm 2 (G8) 4mm 2 (G) to 22mm 2 (G4) pplicable cable example ompleted cable outer diameter φ8.5 to mm φ.5 to 4.mm φ8.5 to mm φ.5 to 4.mm φ4.3mm (Inner diameter of bushing) φ9.5 to 3mm φ2.5 to mm φ9.5 to 3mm φ2.5 to mm φ5.9mm (Inner diameter of bushing) φ22 to 23.8mm φ22 to 23.8mm φ23.8mm (Inner diameter of bushing) pplicable cable example ompleted cable outer diameter φ9.5 to 3mm φ2.5 to mm φ9.5 to 3mm φ2.5 to mm φ5.9mm (Inner diameter of bushing) φ3 to 5.5mm φ5 to 9.mm φ3 to 5.5mm φ5 to 9.mm φ9.mm (Inner diameter of bushing) φ22 to 23.8mm φ22 to 23.8mm φ23.8mm (Inner diameter of bushing) 2

104 Ordering Information for ustomers Motor brake connectors <For HF-KP/HF-MP series> Protection Item Model escription pplicable cable example level Motor brake connector JN4FT2SJ-R (plug) ST-TMH-S-B--(534G) (socket contact) IP5 Manufacturer: Japan viation Electronics Industry, Ltd. ire size:.5mm 2 (G2) ompleted cable outer diameter: φ4.5 ±.3mm Fluoric resin wire (inyl jacket cable F2 <L Style 23> (SP38-X), KRBE INSTRIL O.,LT. or an equivalent product) rimping tool (T-3-TMH5B) is required. <For HF-SP series> Item Motor brake connector <For H-LP/H-P series> Item Motor brake connector H-L2B, 32B, H-2B, 352B, 52B onnector Type Straight plug Socket contact M-SS-S M-SS-M M-#22S(S2)- Straight M-SS-L M-SS-S M-SS-M M-#22S(3)- M-SS-L ontact Soldered type Press bonding type onnector for cable Type Model Manufacturer S-8RL-MSF NIPPON FLEX S-2RL-MSF O., LT. Straight YSO-5 to 8 I ENGYO O., LT. ngled -8RL-MSF -2RL-MSF YLO-5 to 8 NIPPON FLEX O., LT. I ENGYO O., LT. Protection level IP7 Plug Model /MS3SL-4S(9) Manufacturer: K Ltd. escription Manufacturer: K Ltd. Protection level IP5 ire size.25mm 2 (G) or smaller.5mm 2 (G2) to.25mm 2 (G) rimping tool (357J-5448) is required. escription <Straight type> <ngled type> able clamp Plug Plug able clamp pplicable cable example ompleted cable outer diameter φ4. to.mm φ. to 9.mm φ9. to.mm φ4. to.mm φ. to 9.mm φ9. to.mm pplicable cable example ire size ompleted cable outer diameter.3mm 2 (G22) to.25mm 2 (G) φ4 to 8mm φ8 to 2mm φ5 to 8.3mm φ4 to 8mm φ8 to 2mm φ5 to 8.3mm <For H-LP/H-P/H-LP series> Item Plug able clamp Type Model Model Protection level escription pplicable cable example ire size ompleted cable outer diameter Motor brake connector H-L2B, 32B, H-2B, 352B, 52B, H-LB, 8B, 2KB, 4B, 84B, 2K4B, H-LP7MB, KMB, 5KMB, 7M4B, KM4B, 5KM4B, H-LK2B, 5K2B, 22K2B, K24B, 5K24B, 22K24B Straight /MS3SL-4S /MS357-4 General environment <Straight type> Plug able clamp Manufacturer: K Ltd..3mm 2 (G22) to.25mm 2 (G) φ5.mm (Inner diameter of bushing) 3

105 RoHS ompliant onnectors Optional connectors for servo amplifier The following connector sets have been changed to RoHS compliant since September 2. RoHS compliant and non-rohs compliant connector sets may be mixed based on availability. Only the part numbers for components of the connector set that were changed after September 2 are listed. onnector set MR-J3SNS MR-ENM Non-RoHS compliant component 32-JL (receptacle) (Note) (3M or an equivalent product) RoHS compliant component 32-PL (receptacle) (3M or an equivalent product) MR-PNS4 MR-PNS5 MR-PNS3 MR-PNS MR-PNS2 MR-BKN MR-N MR-J3N MR-J2M MR-J2N- E5-8-S-B-BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E357--(25) (cable clamp) (K) E S-B-BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E357-2-(25) (cable clamp) (K) E5-32-7S-B-BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E357-2-(25) (cable clamp) (K) E S-B-BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E (25) (cable clamp) (K) E5-24-S-B-BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E357--2(25) (cable clamp) (K) MS3SL-4S(9) (plug) (K) 2-3E (connector) (3M or an equivalent product) 5-3E (connector) (3M or an equivalent product) 2-3E (connector) (3M or an equivalent product) 2-3E (connector) (3M or an equivalent product) PR-S2FS (connector) (HON TSSHIN KOGYO) E5-8-S--BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E (cable clamp) (K) E S--BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E (cable clamp) (K) E5-32-7S--BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E (cable clamp) (K) E S--BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E (cable clamp) (K) E5-24-S--BSS (connector and back shell) (K) E (cable clamp) (K) /MS3SL-4S(9) (plug) (K) 2-3PE (connector) (3M or an equivalent product) 5-3PE (connector) (3M or an equivalent product) 2-3PE (connector) (3M or an equivalent product) 2-3PE (connector) (3M or an equivalent product) PR-S2FS + (connector) (HON TSSHIN KOGYO) Note: RoHS compliant 32-F is partly packed. Recommended connectors The following recommended connectors have been changed to RoHS compliant. ontact the manufacturers for more details. onnectors mplifier power supply connector (for N, N, NP3) Plug Servo motor power supply connector Servo motor electromagnetic brake connector Plug (straight) Plug (angled) able clamp Plug able clamp Non-RoHS compliant product RoHS compliant product Manufacture (terminal) (terminal) JN4FT4SJ E5-8-S-B-BSS E S-B-BSS E S-B-BSS E5-32-7S-B-BSS E5-24-S-B-BSS MS3B8-S MS3B22-22S MS3B22-23S MS3B24-S MS3B32-7S E5-88-S-B-BS E S-B-BS E S-B-BS E S-B-BS E5-824-S-B-BS MS38B8-S MS38B22-22S MS38B22-23S MS38B24-S MS38B32-7S E357--(25) E357--2(25) E357-2-(25) E (25) E357--(25) E357--2(25) MS357- MS357-2 MS357- MS357-2 E357-2-(25) MS3SL-4S MS3SL-4S(9) JN4FT2SJ MS357-4 JN4FT4SJ-R E5-8-S--BSS E S--BSS E S--BSS E5-32-7S--BSS E5-24-S--BSS /MS3B8-S /MS3B22-22S /MS3B22-23S /MS3B24-S /MS3B32-7S E5-88-S--BS E S--BS E S--BS E S--BS E5-824-S--BS /MS38B8-S /MS38B22-22S /MS38B22-23S /MS38B24-S /MS38B32-7S E E E E E E /MS357- /MS357-2 /MS357- /MS357-2 E /MS3SL-4S /MS3SL-4S(9) JN4FT2SJ-R /MS357-4 Molex Japan viation Electronics Industry K Japan viation Electronics Industry K 4

106 Options Optional regeneration unit (2) The power values in the table are resistor-generated powers, not rated powers. Standard accessory (external regenerative resistor)/tolerable regenerative power () Optional regeneration unit/tolerable regeneration power () 39 [.3Ω] [.3Ω] Optional regeneration unit (4) The power values in the table are resistor-generated powers, not rated powers. pplicable servo amplifier/drive unit model (MR-J3-) 4/B4/T4 4/B4/T4 24/B4/T4 354/B4/T4 54/B4/T4 74/B4/T4 K4/B4/T4 5K4/B4/T4 22K4/B4/T4 3K4/B4 37K4/B4 45K4/B4 55K4/B4 Built-in regenerative resistor/tolerable regenerative power () (Note 4) 7 (Note 4) Standard accessory (external regenerative resistor)/tolerable regenerative power () 5Ω 4 2.5Ω 5 2Ω 5 (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) 5 (8) pplicable servo amplifier/drive Built-in regenerative resistor/tolerable GRZG4- MR-RB unit model regenerative 5 5 5E 9P 9F (MR-J3-) power ().5Ω 4.9Ω 5.Ω [3Ω] [.7Ω] [Ω] [4.5Ω] [3Ω] (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) [4Ω] [4Ω] [3Ω] [.7Ω] [4Ω] (Note ) (Note ) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) ()/B()/T() 3 2()/B()/T() 3 4()/B()/T() 3 /B/T 3 7/B/T /B/T /B/T /B/T 3 5 5/B/T /B/T K/B/T 5 5 (8) (8) 5K/B/T (3) (3) 22K/B/T (3) (3) 3K/B 37K/B Notes:. Be sure to install a cooling fan. The cooling fan must be prepared by user. 2. The values in ( ) indicate when cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow:.m 3 /min) are installed, and the parameter No. is changed. 3. For MR-RB37, the value applies when 3 units of the regeneration units are used. GRZG4-85 (3) 85 (3) H-4 [82Ω] Optional regeneration unit/tolerable regeneration power () 3M-4 [2Ω] 3G-4 [47Ω] 34-4 [2Ω] 5G-4 [47Ω] 54-4 [2Ω] B-4 [2Ω] -4 [2.5Ω] K-4 [Ω] (Note ) (Note ) (Note ) (Note ) (Note ) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (8) 85 (3) 85 (3) 3-4 [5Ω] [5Ω] Notes:. Be sure to install a cooling fan. The cooling fan must be prepared by user. 2. The values in ( ) indicate when cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow:.m 3 /min) are installed, and the parameter No. is changed. 3. For MR-RB38-4, the value applies when 3 units of the regeneration units are used. 4. The amplifier built-in resistor is compatible with the maximum toque deceleration when the motor is used within the rated speed and the recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio. ontact Mitsubishi if the operating motor speed and the load/motor inertia moment ratio exceed the rated speed and the recommended ratio. MR-RB autions when connecting the optional regeneration unit.. The optional regeneration unit will heat up to approx., so do not directly mount it on a wall susceptible to heat. se nonflammable wires or provide flame resistant treatment (use silicon tubes, etc.) on the wires so that the wires do not contact the optional regeneration unit. 2. lways use twisted wires for the external regenerative resistor or for the optional regeneration unit, and keep the wire length as short as possible (5m maximum). 3. lways use twisted wires for a thermal sensor, and make sure that the sensor does not fail to work properly due to inducted noise.

107 Options External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections MR-RB32, MR-RB2 (2) TE L LB () ø mounting hole 5 8 (2) 2 44 Mounting screw size: M5 MR-RBH-4 (4) MR-RBM-4 ø mounting hole 5 (2) L L. Model MR-RB32 MR-RB2 <Terminal arment> TE G3 G4 P Terminal screw size: M3 ariable dimensions L 3 4 LB 5 5 L 9 9 L <Terminal arment> TE G3 G4 Mass kg (lb).5 (.). (2.4) P isconnect P and. Optional regeneration unit (Note ) 5 m maximum P G3 G4 8 5 TE G3 G4 P 44 P () Mounting screw size: M5 2 (24) Model MR-RBH-4 Mass kg (lb). (2.4) MR-RB3, MR-RB3, MR-RB32 (2) MR-RB3M-4, MR-RB3G-4, MR-RB34-4 (4) Mounting screw size: M MR-RB5, MR-RB5 (2) MR-RB5G-4, MR-RB54-4 (4) Fan mounting screw (2-M3 screw) provided on opposite side G4 G3 P 5 42 (3) B Mounting screw size: M 7 4 long hole Fan mounting screw (2-M4 screw) B ind blows in direction of arrow ind blows in direction of arrow (3) Model MR-RB3 MR-RB3 MR-RB32 MR-RB3M-4 MR-RB3G-4 MR-RB34-4 Model MR-RB5 MR-RB5 MR-RB5G-4 MR-RB54-4 <Terminal arment> P G3 G4 Terminal screw size: M4 ariable dimensions B <Terminal arment> P G3 G4 Terminal screw size: M4 ariable dimensions B Mass kg (lb) 2.9 (.4) Mass kg (lb) 5. (2) MR-J3-35M or smaller MR-J3-2M4 or smaller P P Built-in regenerative resistor isconnect P and. Optional regeneration unit (Note ) 5 m maximum MR-J3-5M, 7M MR-J3-35M4 to 7M4 isconnect the wires for the built-in regenerative resistor (P and ). Optional regeneration unit P G3 (Note ) G4 5 m maximum P G3 G4 Fan (Note 2) Fan (Note 2) Notes:. reate a sequence that turns off the magnetic contactor (M) when abnormal overheating occurs. 2. hen using MR-RB3M-4, MR-RB3G-4, MR-RB34-4, MR-RB5, MR-RB5, MR-RB5G-4 or MR-RB54-4, cool the unit forcibly with a fan (92 92mm, minimum air flow:.m 3 /min). The cooling fan must be prepared by user. 3. The G3 and G4 terminals are thermal sensor. G3-G4 opens when the regenerative unit overheats abnormally.

108 Options Optional regeneration unit External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections GRZG4-.5Ω, GRZG4-.9Ω, GRZG4-.Ω (2): Standard accessory (Note, 2) GRZG4-5Ω, GRZG4-2.5Ω, GRZG4-2Ω (4): Standard accessory (Note, 2) (ø) () (2.4). 4 (K) 5 m maximum o not disconnect the short bar. MR-J3-KM(4) to 22KM(4) (33) (ø47) 9.5 Serial connection P Mounting screw size: M8 Model Qty. GRZG4-.5Ω 4 GRZG4-.9Ω 5 GRZG4-.Ω GRZG4-5Ω 4 Tolerable regenerative power () ith fan () Resistance value (Ω) (.5Ω 4) 4.5 (.9Ω 5) 3 (.Ω 5) 2 (5Ω 4) ariable dimensions K Mass/unit kg (lb).8 (.8) Fan (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow:.m 3 /min) Leave a space of 7mm or more between each resistor. GRZG4-2.5Ω GRZG4-2Ω (2.5Ω 5) (2Ω 5) MR-RB5E, MR-RB9P, MR-RB9F (2) (Note 2) MR-RBB-4, MR-RB-4, MR-RBK-4 (4) (Note 2) 2-ø mounting hole TE M3 screw for fan mounting Mounting screw size: M8 <Terminal arment> TE G4 G3 P Terminal screw size: M5 Optional regeneration unit P G3 G4 (Note 4) 5 m maximum o not disconnect the short bar. MR-J3-KM(4) to 22KM(4) P 82.5 reate a circuit that shuts off the main circuit power supply when the thermal sensor activates (42) Model MR-RB5E Tolerable regenerative power () 5 ith fan () 8 escription GRZG4-.5Ω 4 Mass kg (lb) (22) MR-RB9P MR-RB9F GRZG4-.9Ω 5 GRZG4-.Ω 5 (24) MR-RBB GRZG4-5Ω 4 (22) MR-RB-4 MR-RBK GRZG4-2.5Ω 5 GRZG4-2Ω 5 (24) Notes:. s (MR-J3-KM(4)-PX to MR-J3-22KM(4)-PX) without an enclosed regenerative resistor are available for the servo amplifiers MR-J3-KM(4) to MR-J3-22KM(4). 2. To increase the regeneration braking frequency, install cooling fans (2 units of 92 92mm, minimum air flow:.m 3 /min) and change the parameter No.. The cooling fans must be prepared by user. 3. By installing a thermal sensor, create a safety circuit that shuts off the main circuit power supply when abnormal overheating occurs. 4. The G3 and G4 terminals are thermal sensor. G3-G4 opens when the regenerative unit overheats abnormally. 7

109 Options Optional regeneration unit External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections MR-RB39, MR-RB37 (2) MR-RB3-4, MR-RB38-4 (4) MR-RB39 MR-RB ø mounting hole TE phase 2 or -phase 4 reactor onverter unit (Note 4) P G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit Fan R S (4) R4 S4 (4) reate an external sequence that turns off the main circuit contactor of the converter unit when the normally closed thermal sensor contact in the optional regeneration unit opens due to overheating. Power supply 24 Servo motor H-LP OHS R OHS2 Servo motor thermal 2 ooling fans (Note ) <Terminal arment (2)> TE R S G4 G3 P Terminal screw size: M5 <Terminal arment (4)> TE R4 S4 G4 G3 P Terminal screw size: M5 MR-RB37 MR-RB38-4 Mounting screw size: M8 Model MR-RB39 MR-RB37 MR-RB3-4 MR-RB38-4 Tolerable regenerative power () 3 39 (3 units are required.) (Note 2) 3 39 (3 units are required.) (Note 2) Mass kg (lb) (22) (24) (22) (24) reactor onverter unit (Note 4) reate an external sequence that turns off the main circuit contactor of the converter unit when the normally closed thermal sensor contact in the optional regeneration unit opens due to overheating. Servo motor H-LP -phase 2 or -phase 4 P G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit Fan R S (4) (4) P G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit Fan R S (4) (4) P G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit Fan R S (4) (4) Power supply 24 OHS R OHS2 Servo motor thermal Notes:. One unit of cooling fan is attached for MR-RB39 or MR-RB Three units of MR-RB37 or MR-RB38-4 are required per converter unit. 3. onnect the optional regenerative unit to the converter unit. The cable length between the regenerative unit and converter unit must be 5m or shorter. 4. hen using the reactor, disconnect the short bar between and. 8

110 Options Battery (MR-J3BT) The servo motor s absolute value can be maintained by mounting the battery on the servo amplifier. The battery is not required when the servo system is used in incremental mode. ppearance Installation method MR-J3-35M or smaller MR-J3-2M4 or smaller Insert the connector into N4. MR-J3-5M or larger MR-J3-35M4 or larger Insert the connector into N4. Model: MR-J3BT Nominal voltage: 3. Nominal capacity: 2mh Lithium content:.5g Note: The 44th Edition of the IT (International ir Transportation ssociation) angerous Goods Regulations was taken effect on January st, 23 and administered immediately. In this edition, the provisions relating to lithium and lithium ion batteries have been revised to strengthen regulations on the air transportation of batteries. This battery is not classified as dangerous goods (not class 9). Therefore, transporting 24 units or less is not subject to the regulations. However, a packing based on Packing Instruction 93 is required for transporting 25 units or more. For the self-certification form for the battery safety test or more information, contact Mitsubishi. (as of July, 27) Battery connection relay cable (MR-J3BTBM) se this relay cable to hold the absolute value if the servo amplifier has to be removed from a machine for shipping. The servo motor does not have a super capacitor (for holding an absolute value for short time) in the encoder. hen this optional cable is used, the absolute value can be held even when the encoder cable is disconnected from the servo amplifier, making it easy to do maintenance on the servo amplifier. ppearance Installation method N N.3m (Note2) (Note2) NP3 N2 Encoder cable (Note) MR-J3BTBM Battery (Note) Encoder (Note) Notes:. The encoder cable varies depending on the motor series. Refer to the section Options ables and connectors in this catalog. 2. To hold the absolute value, the encoder, the encoder cable (s), the relay cable and the battery must be kept connected. ser s system Battery (MR-J3BT) Battery connection relay cable (MR-J3BTBM) Incremental Not required Not required bsolute Not necessary to hold an absolute value after the encoder cable is disconnected from the servo amplifier Necessary to hold an absolute value after the encoder cable is disconnected from the servo amplifier (Note) Note: Start up the absolute system after connecting this optional cable. Required Required Not required Required iagnostic cable (MR-J3HEK) : For MR-J3-MM and MR-J3-M(4) This cable is required when using the amplifier diagnostic function of MR onfigurator (Setup software). N N N2 9

111 Options Parameter unit MR-PR3 The parameter unit with a characters 4 lines display, is available as an option. By connecting the parameter unit to the servo amplifier, data setting, test operation, parameter setting, etc. can be performed without using MR onfigurator. The parameter unit can be used with MR-J3-MM, MR-J3-M(4) or MR-J3-MTM. <iring and communication method> RS-422 communication onnectable with one unit of the servo amplifier with the commercial LN cable onnectable up to 32 axes with multi-drop system Parameter unit MR-PR3 (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) N N3 N N (Note ) N3 (Note ) N3 (Note ) <imensions> M3 screw Punched hole N N N 5-ø4 hole NP3 NP3 NP3 4 4 (Front view) (Side view) (Rear view) (Panel cut dimensions) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) RS-422 (Note ) (Note ) (Note ) Notes:. se BSE-T cable (EI58 compliant), etc. Keep the distance between the branch connector and servo amplifier as short as possible. 2. Branch connector: BMJ-8 (HHIKO ELETRI O., LT) is recommended. 3. onnect a terminal resistor, 5Ω. 4. The parameter unit can be connected to the servo amplifier, MR-J3-MM or MR-J3-MTM, or the drive unit, MR-J3-M (4). <Specifications> Item Model Power supply Parameter mode escription MR-PR3 Receives power from the servo amplifier or the drive unit Basic setting parameters, gain/filter parameters, extension setting parameters, input/output setting parameters Functions Monitor mode MR-J3-MM MR-J3-M(4) MR-J3-MTM umulative feedback pulses, droop pulses, cumulative command pulses, command pulse frequency, analog speed command voltage/analog speed limit voltage, analog torque command voltage/analog torque limit voltage, regenerative load ratio, effective load ratio, peak load ratio, instantaneous torque, within one revolution position, BS counter, servo motor speed, bus voltage, load inertia moment ratio urrent position, command position, command remaining distance, point table No., cumulative feedback pulses, droop pulses, regenerative load ratio, effective load ratio, peak load ratio, instantaneous torque, within one revolution position, BS counter, servo motor speed, bus voltage, load inertia moment ratio iagnosis mode larm mode Test operation mode Point table mode (Note) isplay Environment mbient temperature in operation mbient humidity in operation Storage temperature Storage humidity tmosphere Mass (g [lb]) External input/output display, motor information urrent alarm, alarm history JOG operation, positioning operation, O forced output, motor-less operation, single-step feed (Note) Position data, servo motor speed, acceleration/deceleration time constant, dwell time, auxiliary function, M code L system ( characters 4 lines) to 55 (4 to 3 F) (non freezing) 9%RH maximum (non condensing) 2 to 5 (4 to 49 F) (non freezing) 9%RH maximum (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust 3 (.29) Note: The point table mode and single-step feed under the test operation mode are available only when connected to MR-J3-MTM.

112 Options Heat sink outside attachment (MR-J3N): For MR-J3-KM(4) to MR-J3-22KM(4) By mounting the heat sink outside attachment on the servo amplifier, the heat generating section can be mounted outside the control box. This makes it possible to dissipate the unit s heat to outside the box. pprox. 5% of the heating value can be dissipated with this method, and the control box dimensions can be downsized. Mounting (nit: mm) Panel cutting dimensions (nit: mm) 45 2 Panel 23 4-M screw (4) (2) Panel (.5) rill hole Junction terminal block (MR-TB5): For MR-J3-MM, MR-J3-M(4) and MR-J3- ll signals can be received with this junction terminal block without connecting the signals to N. External dimensions (nit: mm) MR-TB ø (25) Terminal block screw size: M3.5 ompatible wire: 2mm 2 (G4) rimping terminal width: 7.2mm maximum Manual pulse generator (MR-H): For MR-J3-MTM External dimensions (nit: mm) Mounting (nit: mm) 3. Packing t2. 3-M4 stud P.. 72 equally divided Panel cutting 3-ø4.8 equally divided ø7 ø5 MNL TYPE SERILNO. ø ±. ø8 ± 5 2 B ø2 +2 ø72 ±.2 Only M3 can be mounted ± Note: Manufacture a cable for the manual pulse generator using the optional connector set for N (MR-J2M). Refer to MR-J3-MT SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details. igital switch (MR-S): For MR-J3- By using the -digit digital switch, position data can be sent to the servo amplifier with B signal. External dimensions (nit: mm) Mounting (nit: mm) <Front mounting> <Inside mounting> MR-S B OM OM OM2 B OM2 8 ON2 ON P 393 SERIL MR-S 4 Panel cutting Panel cutting Square hole Square hole 2 ø5 2 ø

113 Peripheral Equipment Radio noise filter (FR-BIF) This filter effectively controls noise emitted from the power supply side of the servo amplifier or the converter unit, and is especially effective for radio frequency bands MHz or lower. The FR-BIF is designed for the input only. External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections pprox. 3 hite Red Blue Green Leakage current: 4m ø5 hole 4 This filter is not connectable to output side of the servo amplifier or the converter unit. iring should be as short as possible. Grounding is always required. Be sure to insulate the unused wire when using FR-BIF with -phase power. NFB M Power supply or converter unit class : FR-BIF 4 class : FR-BIF-H FR-BIF or FR-BIF-H 44 Line noise filter (FR-BSF, FR-BLF) This filter is effective in suppressing radio noise emitted from the power supply side or output side of the servo amplifier or the converter unit, and also in suppressing high-frequency leakage current (zero-phase current), especially within.5 to 5MHz band. <FR-BSF> For MR-J3-2M(4) or smaller (22.5) () 95±.5 (5) ø ø5 (5) External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections.25±.5 <FR-BLF> For MR-J3-35M(4) or larger or MR-J3-3KM(4) or larger ø se the line noise filter for wires of the main power supply (,, ) of the servo amplifier or the converter unit, and of the motor power supply (,, ). Pass each of the 3-phase wires through the line noise filter equal times in a same direction. For the main power supply, the effect of the filter rises as the number of passes increases, but generally four passes would be appropriate. For the motor power supply, passes must be four times or less. o not pass the grounding (earth) wire through the filter, or the effect of the filter will drop. ind the wires to pass through the filter as the required number of passes as shown in Fig.. If the wires are too thick to wind, use two or more filters to have the required number of passes as shown in Fig.2. Place the line noise filters as close to the servo amplifier or the converter unit as possible for their best performance. <MR-J3-22KM(4) or smaller> <MR-J3-3KM(4) or larger> NFB M NFB M Power Power supply supply Line noise filter Line noise filter Fig. Fig.2 onverter unit Surge suppressor ttach surge suppressors to relays and valves around the servo amplifier or the drive unit and the converter unit. ttach diodes to relays and valves. Sample configuration Surge suppressor: (rated 2, manufactured by Matsuo enki) iode : diode with breakdown voltage 4 or more times greater than the relay s drive voltage, and with current capacity 2 or more times greater than the relay s drive current. ata line filter Noise can be prevented by attaching a data line filter to the pulse output cable of the pulse train output controller (Q75, etc.) or motor encoder cable. Sample configuration ata line filter examples: ES-SR-25 (manufactured by NE TOKIN) or ZT (manufactured by TK) 2

114 Peripheral Equipment EM filter The following filters are recommended as a filter compliant with the EM directive for the servo amplifier s power supply. (Note ) Model pplicable servo amplifier or drive unit pplicable converter unit Fig. Model pplicable servo amplifier or drive unit pplicable converter unit Fig. HF3-N (Note 2) HF33-N (Note 2) HF34-N (Note 2) MR-J3-/B/T to /B/T MR-J3-/B/T to 4/B/T MR-J3-2/B/T MR-J3-35/B/T MR-J3-5/B/T MR-J3-7/B/T B TF35-TX TF32-TX MR-J3-4/B4/T4 MR-J3-4/B4/T4 MR-J3-24/B4/T4 MR-J3-354/B4/T4 MR-J3-54/B4/T4 MR-J3-74/B4/T4 E HF3-N (Note 2) MR-J3-K/B/T to 22K/B/T TF33-TX MR-J3-K4/B4/T4 MR-J3-3K/B HF32-N (Note 2) MR-J3-R55K MR-J3-37K/B Notes:. Manufactured by SOSHIN ELETRI O. 2. surge protector is separately required to use this EM filter. Refer to EM Installation Guidelines. TF34-TX TF3-TX TF35-TX MR-J3-5K4/B4/T4 MR-J3-22K4/B4/T4 MR-J3-3K4/B4 MR-J3-37K4/B4 MR-J3-45K4/B4 MR-J3-55K4/B4 MR-J3-R55K4 F G HF3-N IN (Input side) M4 OT (Output side) 3-M4 External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections M4 32±2 85±2 ±4 258±4 (4) 273±2 5±4 288±4 3±5 HF33-N, HF34-N IN (Input side) -R3.25 length 8 OT (Output side) Model HF3-N Leakage current (m) 5 Mass kg (lb) 3 (.) (Note) Power supply 3-phase 2 to 23 or -phase 2 to 23 or -phase to 2 NFB EM filter IN OT E M B 3-M5 3-M5 44± 25±2 4± 55±2 85± 85± 7±2 2±2 4±2 2±5 M4 Note: hen using a power supply, -phase 2 to 23, connect the power supply to the and terminals. o not connect anything to. -phase 2 to 23 is available only for the MR-J3-7M or smaller servo amplifier. There is no for -phase to 2 power supply. Model HF33-N HF34-N Leakage current (m) 5.5 Mass kg (lb) 5.5 (2). (3) HF3-N IN (Input side) 2-ø.5 length 8 3-M8 OT (Output side) 2-ø.5 3-M8 38± 4±5 45± 5±3 M Model Leakage current (m) Mass kg (lb) HF3-N.5 5 (33) Power supply 3-phase 2 to 23 NFB EM filter IN OT M E ±3 3

115 Peripheral Equipment External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections TF32-N IN (Input side) 3-ø.5 length 8 3-M8 OT (Output side) 3-ø.5 3-M 48± 5±5 ± 8±5 M8 Model TF32-N Leakage current (m) 9. Mass kg (lb) 8 (4) Power supply 3-phase 2 to 23 NFB IN EM filter OT E M onverter unit rive unit 2±5 TF35-TX, TF32-TX, TF33-TX IN (Input side) -R3.25 length 8 (For M) OT (Output side) 3-M4 M4 (2.2) 3-M4 M4 M4 25±2 4± 55±2 E IN ± ± 29±2 38±5 332±5 TF34-TX, TF3-TX 3-M IN 8-R3.25 length 8 M4 OT (Input side) (Output side) 3-M Model TF35-TX TF32-TX TF33-TX (7.5)±3 5±2 () 7±5 Leakage current (m) M 5.5 Mass kg (lb). (3) 7.5 (7) Power supply 3-phase 38 to 48 NFB EM filter IN OT E M ±2 ± 75±2 (7) F IN ± ± ± 39±2 42±5 438±5 (9.5) 8±2 (9) 2±5 Model TF34-TX TF3-TX Leakage current (m) 5.5 Mass kg (lb) 2.5 (28) TF35-TX G 27± 27± IN (Input side) 8-R4.25 length 2 (For M8) 3-M8 3-M8 OT (Output side) 23± 2±2 225± 245±2 258±3 M8 M4 M4 ±2 Power supply 3-phase 38 to 48 NFB EM filter IN OT E M onverter unit 5± 5± 5± 452±5 5±3 M4 2±2 (227) 2±3 rive unit Model TF35-TX Leakage current (m) 5.5 Mass kg (lb) 3 (8) 4

116 Peripheral Equipment Power factor improvement reactor (FR-BEL) This reactor enables users to boost the servo amplifier s power factor and reduce its power supply capacity. s compared to the reactor, the reactor is more recommended since the reactor is more effective in power factor improvement, smaller and lighter, and its wiring is easier. (The reactor uses 2 wires, while the reactor uses wires.) Model FR-BEL-.4K FR-BEL-.75K FR-BEL-.5K FR-BEL-2.2K FR-BEL-3.7K FR-BEL-7.5K FR-BEL-K FR-BEL-H.5K FR-BEL-H2.2K FR-BEL-H3.7K FR-BEL-H7.5K FR-BEL-HK pplicable servo amplifier MR-J3-/B/T MR-J3-2/B/T MR-J3-4/B/T MR-J3-/B/T MR-J3-7/B/T MR-J3-/B/T MR-J3-2/B/T MR-J3-35/B/T MR-J3-5/B/T MR-J3-4/B4/T4 MR-J3-4/B4/T4 MR-J3-24/B4/T4 MR-J3-354/B4/T4 MR-J3-54/B4/T4 Fig. Model FR-BEL-5K FR-BEL-22K FR-BEL-3K FR-BEL-H5K FR-BEL-H22K FR-BEL-H3K MR-K MR-7K MR-K-4 MR-7K-4 MR-L45K-4 MR-L55K-4 pplicable servo amplifier or drive unit MR-J3-7/B/T MR-J3-K/B/T MR-J3-5K/B/T MR-J3-22K/B/T MR-J3-74/B4/T4 MR-J3-K4/B4/T4 MR-J3-5K4/B4/T4 MR-J3-22K4/B4/T4 MR-J3-3K/B MR-J3-37K/B MR-J3-3K4/B4 MR-J3-37K4/B4 MR-J3-45K4/B4 MR-J3-55K4/B4 pplicable converter unit MR-J3-R55K MR-J3-R55K4 Fig. B External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections Name plate E or shorter Terminal blockscrew size G or shorter 2F L notch Terminal for connection H B or shorter L F Mounting leg Model FR-BEL-.4K FR-BEL-.75K FR-BEL-.5K FR-BEL-2.2K FR-BEL-3.7K FR-BEL-7.5K FR-BEL-K FR-BEL-H.5K FR-BEL-H2.2K FR-BEL-H3.7K FR-BEL-H7.5K FR-BEL-HK ariable dimensions B E F L G H M M M M M M M M M M M M5 5 Mounting Mass screw size kg (lb) M5 M5 M5 M5 M5 M5 M5 M5 M5 M5 M5 M5.5 (.).7 (.5). (2.4).2 (2.).7 (3.7) 2.3 (5.) 3. (.8).9 (2.). (2.4).7 (3.7) 2.3 (5.) 3. (.8) ire size (mm 2 ) 2 (G4) 3.5 (G2) 5.5 (G) 2 (G4) 5.5 (G) FR-BEL (-H) MR-J3-5M(4) or smaller 5m maximum B or shorter Terminal cover (Note 2) Screw size G 2F L notch E or shorter H B or shorter L F Mounting leg Model FR-BEL-5K FR-BEL-22K FR-BEL-3K FR-BEL-H5K FR-BEL-H22K FR-BEL-H3K ariable dimensions B E F L G H M8 M8 M8 M M M Mounting Mass ire size screw size kg (lb) (mm 2 ) M (G8) (8.4) 22 (G4) (Note ) M 5.4 (2) 3 (G2) M.7 (5) (G2/) M5 3.7 (8.2) 8 (G8) M 5. () 22 (G4) M.7 (5) 22 (G4) FR-BEL(-H) (Note 4) 5m maximum MR-J3-7M(4) to 22KM(4) P Terminal cover ±.5 or shorter Terminal block (M3.5 screw) for thermal sensor or shorter (B) B or shorter Mounting hole for M8 Terminal screw Model MR-K MR-7K MR-K-4 MR-7K-4 MR-L45K-4 MR-L55K-4 ariable dimensions B B Terminal Mass screw size kg (lb) M2 M8 M8 M8 M8 9.5 (2).5 (4) 7 (5) 7.5 (7) 9.5 (2) ire size (mm 2 ) (G2/) 8 (G3/) 3 (G2) 38 (G2) 5 (G/) (G2/) MR-L 5m maximum onverter unit MR-J3-R55K(4) 5 Notes:. hen using FR-BE5K, select a wire size 8mm 2 (G8) for MR-J3-7/B/T; and 22mm 2 (G4) for MR-J3-K/B/T. 2. The terminal cover is supplied with the unit. Install the cover after connecting the wires. 3. hen using the reactor, disconnect the short bar between and. 4. hen using the reactor, disconnect the short bar between P and.

117 Peripheral Equipment Power factor improvement reactor (FR-BL) This reactor enables users to boost the servo amplifier s power factor and reduce its power supply capacity. Model pplicable servo amplifier Model pplicable servo amplifier FR-BL-.4K FR-BL-.75K FR-BL-.5K FR-BL-2.2K FR-BL-3.7K FR-BL-7.5K FR-BL-K FR-BL-5K FR-BL-22K FR-BL-3K MR-J3-/B/T, MR-J3-/B/T MR-J3-2/B/T MR-J3-2/B/T MR-J3-4/B/T MR-J3-4/B/T MR-J3-/B/T MR-J3-7/B/T MR-J3-/B/T MR-J3-2/B/T MR-J3-35/B/T MR-J3-5/B/T MR-J3-7/B/T MR-J3-K/B/T MR-J3-5K/B/T MR-J3-22K/B/T FR-BL-H.5K FR-BL-H2.2K FR-BL-H3.7K FR-BL-H7.5K FR-BL-HK FR-BL-H5K FR-BL-H22K FR-BL-H3K MR-J3-4/B4/T4 MR-J3-4/B4/T4 MR-J3-24/B4/T4 MR-J3-354/B4/T4 MR-J3-54/B4/T4 MR-J3-74/B4/T4 MR-J3-K4/B4/T4 MR-J3-5K4/B4/T4 MR-J3-22K4/B4/T4 External dimensions (nit: mm) onnections H±5 Power supply 3-phase 2 to 23 or 3-phase 38 to 48 3-phase 2/4 MR-J3-22KMor smaller NFB M FR-BL(-H) R X S T Y Z Mounting screw RXSYTZ ±5 Model FR-BL-.4K FR-BL-.75K FR-BL-.5K FR-BL-2.2K FR-BL-3.7K FR-BL-7.5K FR-BL-K FR-BL-5K FR-BL-22K FR-BL-3K FR-BL-H.5K FR-BL-H2.2K FR-BL-H3.7K FR-BL-H7.5K FR-BL-HK FR-BL-H5K FR-BL-H22K FR-BL-H3K ariable dimensions H ± ± ± ± ± ± ± Mounting Terminal screw size screw size M4 M4 M4 M4 M5 M5 M M M8 M8 M4 M4 M5 M5 M M M8 M8 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M4 M5 M M M8 M8 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M4 M5 M5 M8 M8 Mass kg (lb) 2. (4.4) 2.8 (.2) 3.7 (8.2) 5. (2) 8.5 (9) 4.5 (32) 9 (42) 27 () 35 (77) 43 (95) 5.3 (2) 5.9 (3) 8.5 (9) 4 (3) 8.5 (4) 27 () 35 (77) 43 (95) Power supply -phase 2 to 23 Power supply -phase to 2 -phase 2 MR-J3-7Mor smaller NFB M FR-BL R X S T -phase MR-J3-4M or smaller NFB M FR-BL R X S T Y Z Y Z

118 Peripheral Equipment Electrical wires, circuit breakers, magnetic contactors (example of selection) The following are examples of wire sizes when polyvinyl chloride insulated wires with a length of 3m are used. < 22k or smaller> ircuit breaker MR-J3-()/B()/T() MR-J3-2/B/T 3 frame 5 MR-J3-2/B/T MR-J3-4/B/T 3 frame MR-J3-4/B/T MR-J3-/B/T MR-J3-7/B/T 3 frame 5 MR-J3-/B/T MR-J3-2/B/T 3 frame 2 MR-J3-35/B/T 3 frame 3 MR-J3-5/B/T (Note5) 5 frame 5 MR-J3-7/B/T (Note5) frame 75 MR-J3-K/B/T (Note5) frame MR-J3-5K/B/T (Note5) 225 frame 25 MR-J3-22K/B/T (Note5) 225 frame 75 MR-J3-4/B4/T4 3 frame 5 MR-J3-4/B4/T4 3 frame MR-J3-24/B4/T4 3 frame 5 MR-J3-354/B4/T4 3 frame 2 MR-J3-54/B4/T4 (Note5) 3 frame 3 MR-J3-74/B4/T4 (Note5) 5 frame 4 MR-J3-K4/B4/T4 (Note5) frame MR-J3-5K4/B4/T4 (Note5) frame 75 MR-J3-22K4/B4/T4 (Note5) 225 frame 25 Magnetic contactor S-N S-N8 S-N2 S-N35 S-N5 S-N5 S-N95 S-N25 S-N S-N8 S-N2 S-N25 S-N35 S-N5,,, (Note ) 2 (G4) 3.5 (G2) 5.5 (G) 8 (G8) 4 (G) 22 (G4) 5 (G/) 2 (G4) 5.5 (G) 8 (G8) 4 (G),.25 (G) Electrical wire size (mm 2 ),,, P, (Note ) B, B2.25 (G) (Note 2) 2 (G4) 2 (G4) 3.5 (G2) 5.5 (G) 8 (G8) 3.5 (G2).25 (G) 22 (G4) (G2) (G) (G2/).25 (G) 2 (G4) 2 (G4) 5.5 (G) 8 (G8) 3.5 (G2) (G4) (G) B, B, B 2 (G4) (Note 4) 2 (G4) 2 (G4) (Note 4) 2 (G4) OHS, OHS2.25 (G) (Note 4).25 (G).25 (G) (Note 4).25 (G) <rive unit 3k or larger> pplicable rive unit converter unit ircuit breaker Electrical wire size (mm 2 ) Magnetic contactor,,,,,,,, (Note ) B, B, B OHS, OHS2 MR-J3-3K/B (Note5) MR-J3-37K/B (Note5) MR-J3-3K4/B4 (Note5) MR-J3-37K4/B4 (Note5) MR-J3-45K4/B4 (Note5) MR-J3-55K4/B4 (Note5) MR-J3-R55K MR-J3-R55K4 4 frame 25 4 frame frame frame frame frame 25 S-N5 S-N8 S-N95 S-N25 S-N5 S-N8 5 (G/) (G2/) 22 (G4) 3 (G2) 38 (G2) 5 (G/) 2 (G4) (G2/) (G2/) (Note ) 3 (G2) 38 (G2) 5 (G/) (G2/) 5.5 (G) 2 (G4).25 (G).25 (G) Notes:. onnect a reactor or an optional regeneration unit using the 5m or shorter length electrical wire. For the electrical wire size suitable for the power factor improvement reactor, refer to the section Peripheral Equipment Power factor improvement reactor in this catalog. 2. se a fluoric resin wire (.75mm 2 (G9)) when connecting to the HF-KP/HF-MP series motor power supply connector. Refer to SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on wiring cables. 3. se a fluoric resin wire (.5mm 2 (G2)) when connecting to the HF-KP/HF-MP series motor electromagnetic brake connector. Refer to SERO MPLIFIER INSTRTION MNL for details on wiring cables. 4. The electrical wire size is for the servo motor with a cooling fan. 5. hen connecting the wires to the terminal screws, be sure to use the screws attached to the terminal blocks.. This wire size applies when HI wire ( grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wire) with a length of 3m is used. 7

119 sing a Personal omputer Servo support software <MR onfigurator> MRZJ3-SETME (Setup software) This software makes it easy to perform setup, tuning, monitor display, diagnostics, reading and writing of parameters, and test operations with a personal computer. ser-defined functions that enable a stable machine system, optimum control and short setup time are available. Features () This software allows for easy set up and tuning the servo system with a personal computer. (2) Multiple monitor functions Graphic display functions are provided to display the servo motor status with the input signal triggers, such as the command pulse, droop pulse and speed. (3) Test operations with a personal computer Test operation of the servo motors can be performed with a personal computer using multiple test mode menus. (4) Further advanced tuning is possible with the improved advanced functions. Specifications Main-menu Functions Monitors Batch display, input/output I/F display, high speed monitor, graph display larms larm display, alarm history, display of data that generated alarm Rotation failure reason display, system information display, tuning data display, absolute data display, axis name setting, iagnostics amplifier diagnostic (Note) Parameters Parameter setting, device setting, tuning, display of change list, display of detailed information, converter, parameter copy Test operations JOG operation, positioning operation, operation without motor, forced digital output, program operation using simple language dvanced function Machine analyzer, gain search, machine simulation Project Project creation, reading or saving, various data reading, saving or printing Others utomatic operation, help display Note: The amplifier diagnostic function is available only for MR-J3-MM and MR-J3-M(4). The following versions are compatible with MR-J3- or smaller. : Software ersion or above MR onfigurator: MRZJ3-SETE Software ersion or above New functions! Selecting a variety of waveforms is now possible! [Graph] window (Note) Powerful graph functions with 3 analog channels and 4 digital channels support tuning. ser-friendly functions such as [Over write] and [Graph history] and a diverse waveform selection powerfully support user s work. lso, the [Gray display] function is provided for easy reading of printed data. ata can be saved either in S or JPEG format. New functions! Example of using the [Torque characteristic diagram] function in [Graph] window (Note) Example of using the [Over write] function in [Graph] window The speed-torque characteristic diagram of the motor in operation can be displayed using the [Torque characteristic diagram] function. Since the actual operation status can be displayed on the servo motor torque characteristics diagram, the status of your servo system can be checked. 8 Note: The screens are for reference and may differ from the actual screens.

120 sing a Personal omputer Improved accuracy! [Machine analyzer operation] window (Note) Improved usability! [Gain search] window (Note) hen the [Start] button is pressed, the servo motor is automatically oscillated, and the machine system s frequency characteristics are displayed. The frequency characteristics that could previously only be analyzed in a between. and khz can now be analyzed in a between. and 4.5kHz. se this also as a tool to comprehend the machine system s characteristics. In addition, data can be overwritten. Improved usability! [Parameter setting] window (Note) hile automatically fluctuating the gain, the setup software MR onfigurator searches for values with the shortest settling time and lowest overshooting or vibration. Ever-higher level tuning is now possible. Improved usability! [Monitor] function: [mplifier ata isplay] window (Note) [Input/Output I/F isplay] window (Note) The [Parameter setting] window has been renewed. The basic setting parameters can be easily set in a selection format. Settings in the list format are also possible. The [Input/Output I/F isplay] window has been renewed. The [Input/Output I/F isplay] window and [mplifier ata isplay] window can be displayed simultaneously, so the I/O ON/OFF status and operation status can be checked in real time. dditional menus further improve usability! [Test mode menu] window (Note) The test operation that matches the application can be selected from the multiple test mode menus. New functions! [mplifier diagnostic procedure] window (Note) (only for MR-J3-MM and MR-J3-M(4)) The amplifier diagnostic function has been newly added. The I/O signal, command pulse I/F and encoder pulse output are checked. If any fault is found, the amplifier s faulty section is pinpointed to speed up recovery. 9 The diagnostic cable (MR-J3HEK) is required. Note: The screens are for reference and may differ from the actual screens.

121 sing a Personal omputer Servo support software <apacity selection software> MRZJ3-MOTSZE user-friendly design facilitates selecting the optimum servo amplifier, servo motor (including the servo motor with an electromagnetic brake) and optional regeneration unit just by entering constants and an operation pattern into machine-specific windows. Features () ser-defined operation patterns can be set. The operation pattern can be selected from the position control mode operation or speed control mode operation. The selected operation pattern can be also displayed in the graph. (2) The feedrate (or motor speed) and torque can be displayed in the graph during the selection process. Specifications Item Types of machine component Output of results Parameter Printing ata storage Inertia moment calculation function The screen is for reference and may differ from the actual screen. * escription Horizontal ball screws, vertical ball screws, rack and pinions, roll feeds, rotating tables, dollies, elevators, material handling systems, other (direct inertia input) devices Selected servo amplifier model, selected servo motor model, selected regenerative resistor model, load inertia moment, load inertia moment ratio, peak torque, peak torque ratio, effective torque, effective torque ratio, regenerative power, regenerative power ratio Prints input specifications, operation pattern, calculation process, graph of selection process feedrate (or motor speed) and torque, and selection results. ssigns a file name to input specifications, operation patterns and selection results, and saves them on hard disk or floppy disk, etc. ylinder, core alignment column, variable speed, linear movement, suspension, conical, truncated cone ompatible personal computer IBM P/T compatible model running with the following operation conditions. Operation conditions Personal computer (Note 2) OS (Note ) Software indows 95 indows 98 indows Me indows NT orkstation4. indows 2 Professional indows XP Professional indows XP Home Edition Processor Memory Free hard disk space ommunication interface Monitor Keyboard Mouse Printer ommunication cable MR onfigurator (Setup software) MRZJ3-SETME apacity selection software MRZJ3-MOTSZE (Note 4) Pentium 33MHz or more (indows 95, indows 98, indows NT orkstation4., indows 2 Professional) Pentium 5MHz or more (indows Me) Pentium 3MHz or more (indows XP Professional, indows XP Home Edition) MB or more (indows 95) 24MB or more (indows 98) 32MB or more (indows Me, indows NT orkstation4., indows 2 Professional) 28MB or more (indows XP ProfessionaI, indows XP Home Edition) 3MB or more se serial port or SB port 4MB or more apable of resolution 8 or more, high olor (-bit display) ompatible with above personal computers. ompatible with above personal computers. Note that serial mice are incompatible. ompatible with above personal computers. MR-J3SBBM Not required : ompatible : Not compatible Notes:. Pentium is registered trademark of Intel orporation. indows and indows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft orporation in the nited States and other countries. 2. This software may not run correctly, depending on the personal computer being used. 3. MRZJ3-SETE is compatible only with the servo amplifiers MR-J3-35 or smaller. se the MRZJ3-SET2E for other amplifiers. 4. MRZJ3-SET2E or above is compatible with indows 98. 2

SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS. Advanced servo technology with optical network

SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS. Advanced servo technology with optical network SERO MPLIFIERS & MOTORS dvanced servo technology with optical network Servo mplifier Series and Servo Motor Models Flexible specifications corresponding to users needs s wide product lines from 5 to 55k

More information

MELSERVO-J2-Super SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS

MELSERVO-J2-Super SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS SERVO MPLIFIERS & MOTORS MELSERVO-J-Super Mitsubishi Electric orporation agoya Works is a factory certified for ISO4 (standards for environmental management systems) and ISO9(standards for quality assurance

More information

MELSERVO-J2-Super SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS

MELSERVO-J2-Super SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS SERVO MPLIFIERS & MOTORS MELSERVO-J-Super Mitsubishi Electric orporation agoya Works is a factory certified for ISO4 (standards for environmental management systems) and ISO9(standards for quality assurance

More information

CC-Link Compatible AC Servo Amplifier <MR-J3-T type> with Built-in Positioning Function

CC-Link Compatible AC Servo Amplifier <MR-J3-T type> with Built-in Positioning Function MO LM/ G T P R M Fn SHIFT ES E B 1STEP. F PRU03 TEST F ST OP RESET General-Purpose Servo MELSERO-J3 ew Product Release S0-E -Link ompatible Servo mplifier with Built-in Positioning Function

More information

SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS

SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS SERO AMLIFIERS & MOTORS Advanced servo technology with optical network Mitsubishi Electric orporation agoya orks is a factory certified for ISO (standards for environmental management systems) and ISO9(standards

More information

MR-J3 Servomotors and Amplifiers

MR-J3 Servomotors and Amplifiers MR-J3 Servomotors and Amplifiers With a capacity range of 5W to 55kW, we reduced the size of both the amplifier and motor, added a high resolution encoder and advanced auto-tuning and vibration control.

More information

MELSERVO-J4 series servo amplifier for connecting to SSCNET of MR-J2S-B is newly released.

MELSERVO-J4 series servo amplifier for connecting to SSCNET of MR-J2S-B is newly released. General-Purpose A Servo MELSERO-J4 onversion nit for SSNET of MR-J2S-B ompatible Servo Amplifier: MR-J4-B-RJ020 onversion nit for SSNET of MR-J2S-B: August 2013 New Product Release S130-1E-A MELSERO-J4

More information

SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS MELSERVO J2 SIMPLIFIED OPERATION WITH ADVANCED CAPABILITIES

SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS MELSERVO J2 SIMPLIFIED OPERATION WITH ADVANCED CAPABILITIES SERVO MPLIFIERS & MOTORS MELSERVO J2 SIMPLIFIED OPERTIO WITH DVED PBILITIES ew Vision of the Future The long-awaited MELSERVO-J2: Embodying an ever more exacting pursuit of higher performance and ease

More information

MR-C Servo SERVOMOTORS & AMPLIFIERS. Step Up to Servo Performance

MR-C Servo SERVOMOTORS & AMPLIFIERS. Step Up to Servo Performance MR-C Servo SERVOMOTORS & AMPLIFIERS Step Up to Servo Performance Small, Easy-to-Use, High- Performance. An Extraordinarily Compact, Intelligent Servo. The MR-C brushless servo, in a handy super-compact

More information

50 to 400 W Pulse Train Servo Drives and AC Servomotors. Advanced functionality in an ultra compact design

50 to 400 W Pulse Train Servo Drives and AC Servomotors. Advanced functionality in an ultra compact design Advanced functionality in an ultra compact design 50 to 400 W Pulse Train Servo Drives and A Servomotors Increase productivity Solve equipment problems Maximize performance Improve accuracy ompact Design,

More information

MR-J2S-B/B4 MELSERVO. Servo amplifier and motors. Instruction Manual MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION

MR-J2S-B/B4 MELSERVO. Servo amplifier and motors. Instruction Manual MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION MITSUBISHI ELETRI MELSERVO Servo amplifier and motors Instruction Manual MR-J2S-B/B4 Art.-No.: 168353 07 06 2006 Version A MITSUBISHI ELETRI INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION Instruction Manual Servo amplifier MR-J2S-B/B4

More information

Information. AC Servo Motor Driver Series LECS. Incremental Type. Absolute Type. Series LECSA (Pulse Input Type/Positioning Type)

Information. AC Servo Motor Driver Series LECS. Incremental Type. Absolute Type. Series LECSA (Pulse Input Type/Positioning Type) Information SM orporation of America/www.smcusa.com SM Pneumatics (anada) Ltd./www.smcpneumatics.ca (800) SM.SM1 (72-721) e-mail: sales@smcusa.com For International inquires: www.smcworld.com 2012 SM orporation

More information

SD1000 Series Servo System FRECON ELECTRIC (SHENZHEN) CO.,LTD (V1.0)

SD1000 Series Servo System FRECON ELECTRIC (SHENZHEN) CO.,LTD (V1.0) Series Servo System (.) Stable and Reliable Servo System Stable and Reliable Servo System bit S/IN High ccuracy Encoder Differential drive connection can support M pulse input / single terminal drive optional

More information

Compact body with high performance

Compact body with high performance General-Purpose AC Servo MELSERVO-J3W MODEL Servo Amplifier MR-J3W-0303BN6 Servo Motor HG-AK Series * December 2012 New Product Release SV1212-4E 2-axis integrated type Compact body with

More information

R7 Series Servos. Advanced functionality in an ultra compact design

R7 Series Servos. Advanced functionality in an ultra compact design R7 Series Servos Advanced functionality in an ultra compact design»» Solve e q u i p m e n t p ro b l e m s»» M a x i m i ze p e r fo r m a n ce»» I m p rove a ccura c y a n d i n c re a s e p ro d u c

More information

MDS-DJ Drive System Selections

MDS-DJ Drive System Selections MITSUBISHI READY MDS-DJ Drive System Selections Digital JR AC servo and spindle drive systems deliver utra compact drive units with built-in power supplies to contribute to reducing control panel size.

More information

Cable lead-out. Standard. Rear lead-out (Connecter used in models 58 and 65) Variation. Side lead-out is available. (Models 25, 32, and 40) Option

Cable lead-out. Standard. Rear lead-out (Connecter used in models 58 and 65) Variation. Side lead-out is available. (Models 25, 32, and 40) Option SHA Series The SHA series comprises AC servo actuators that integrate a thin speed reducer HarmonicDrive for precision control and a super flat AC servo motor. The SHA series features an unmatched compact

More information

Committed to Premium Quality. AC Servo System Catalog

Committed to Premium Quality. AC Servo System Catalog Committed to Premium Quality AC Servo System Catalog Company Profile CONTENTS DB100 Series AC Servo System 03 Application fields 04 Servo Driver Product Description 05 Servo Motor Product Description 07

More information

Precautions for replacing MR-H Series with MR-J3 Series replacement models

Precautions for replacing MR-H Series with MR-J3 Series replacement models for replacing MR-H with MR-J3 replacement models 1. Outline The functions and performance of the MR-J3 have been greatly improved compared to the MR-H. The outline dimensions and installation dimensions

More information

Servomotors and Amplifiers

Servomotors and Amplifiers Servomotors and Amplifiers Sold by AA Electric 1-8-237-8274 Lakeland, FL Lawrenceville, GA Greensboro, NC East Rutherford, NJ www.a-aelectric.com MR-C 6 MR-E 6 MR-J2-JR 73 MR-J2-Super 2~23 VAC 76 MR-J2-Super

More information

General-Purpose AC Servo MELSERVO-JE Series Ethernet Compatible Servo Amplifier MR-JE-C 0.1 kw to 3 kw August 2017

General-Purpose AC Servo MELSERVO-JE Series Ethernet Compatible Servo Amplifier MR-JE-C 0.1 kw to 3 kw August 2017 General-Purpose A Servo MELSERVO-JE Series Ethernet ompatible Servo Amplifier MR-JE- 0.1 kw to 3 kw August 2017 New Product Release SV1703-2E-A MODBUS /TP -Link IE Field Network Basic ompatible Servo Amplifier

More information

SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS MELSERVO-H ADVANCED SERVO SYSTEM

SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS MELSERVO-H ADVANCED SERVO SYSTEM SERVO AMPIFIERS & MOTORS MESERVO-H ADVANCED SERVO SYSTEM ENVIRONMENT Servo Technology Transformed by a New Control Algorithm Reduced Settling Time The MR-H settling time has been sharply reduced when compared

More information

RoHS Directive-Compliant Compact Linear Actuators DRL Series. Features

RoHS Directive-Compliant Compact Linear Actuators DRL Series. Features Motorized ctuators RoHS Directive-Compliant Compact Linear ctuators DRL Series In the compact linear actuator DRL Series, the drive mechanism adopts a -phase stepping motor with ball screw. This series

More information

J2-Super Series MR-J2S- A4/B4 SERVO AMPLIFIER SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTION MANUAL. General-Purpose AC Servo. 400VAC Compatible MODEL

J2-Super Series MR-J2S- A4/B4 SERVO AMPLIFIER SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTION MANUAL. General-Purpose AC Servo. 400VAC Compatible MODEL General-Purpose A Servo J2-Super Series 400VA ompatible MODEL MR-J2S- A4/B4 SERVO AMPLIFIER SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUTION MANUAL The corresponding manuals indicated below are required to use the 400VA ompatible

More information

Drive Safety integrated AC servo amplifier <MR-J3- S 0.1kW to 55kW> Safety logic unit <MR-J3-D05>

Drive Safety integrated AC servo amplifier <MR-J3- S 0.1kW to 55kW> Safety logic unit <MR-J3-D05> General-Purpose AC Servo MELSERVO-J3 Drive Safety integrated AC servo amplifier Safety logic unit The MR-J3- S Drive Safety integrated AC servo amplifier (SSCNET Ⅲ

More information

AC SERVO DRIVES SERIES. Rotary Servomotors. Certified for ISO9001 and ISO14001

AC SERVO DRIVES SERIES. Rotary Servomotors. Certified for ISO9001 and ISO14001 C SERVO DRIVES SERIES Rotary Servomotors Certified for ISO91 and ISO141 JQ-422 JQ-EM22 CONTENTS Rotary Servomotors SGMMV (ow Inertia, Ultra-small Size) 4 SGM7J (Medium Inertia, High-speed) 14 SGM7 (ow

More information

Series. integrated Control Motor LINEAR SOLUTIONS MADE EASY

Series. integrated Control Motor LINEAR SOLUTIONS MADE EASY integrated ontrol Motor ELETROMATE LINEAR SOLUTIONS MADE EASY A What is a? The SmartActuator is a controller, drive and motor integrated with an actuator for an all-in-one solution. Tolomatic has over

More information

SGMMV. Rotary Servomotors SGMMV - A1 A 2 A 2 1. Model Designations. 6th. 5th digit. 1st+2nd digits. 7th digit. 4th digit. 3rd digit.

SGMMV. Rotary Servomotors SGMMV - A1 A 2 A 2 1. Model Designations. 6th. 5th digit. 1st+2nd digits. 7th digit. 4th digit. 3rd digit. Rotary s Model Designations - mini Series st+nd digits 3rd digit th digit th digit 6th digit 7th digit st+nd digits Rated Output th digit Design Revision Order 7th digit Options Code Code Code B3 3.3 W

More information

6th digit. 5th digit. 4th digit. Code Specifications 3 20-bit absolute (standard) D 20-bit incremental (standard) Design Revision Order

6th digit. 5th digit. 4th digit. Code Specifications 3 20-bit absolute (standard) D 20-bit incremental (standard) Design Revision Order Rotary s Model Designations - 3 D Series st+nd digits 3rd digit th digit th digit th digit 7th digit st+nd digits Rated Output th digit Serial Encoder 7th digit Options Code 3 3 W W 9 8 W 3.3 kw.8 kw 3.9

More information

MR-J4-_B-RJ010 MR-J4-_B4-RJ010 MR-J3-T10 SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL. General-Purpose AC Servo

MR-J4-_B-RJ010 MR-J4-_B4-RJ010 MR-J3-T10 SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL. General-Purpose AC Servo General-Purpose AC Servo CC-Link IE Field Network interface with Motion MODEL (Servo amplifier) MR-J4-_B-RJ010 MR-J4-_B4-RJ010 MODEL (CC-Link IE Field Network interface unit) MR-J3-T10 SERVO AMPLIFIER

More information

Servo Motors B-9. Overview. Tuning-Free NX. Tuning-Free NX Series. Servo Motors. Accessories. Page. NX Series B-10 B-9

Servo Motors B-9. Overview. Tuning-Free NX. Tuning-Free NX Series. Servo Motors. Accessories. Page. NX Series B-10 B-9 Servo Motors B-9 Overview NX Servo Motors Accessories Page B-1 B-9 B-1 Servo Motor and Driver Package Technical reference Page H-1 Regulations & Standards Page I-2 For detailed

More information

G-Series Servomotors. AC Brushless Servomotors. Understanding the G-Series Servomotor Model Numbers

G-Series Servomotors. AC Brushless Servomotors. Understanding the G-Series Servomotor Model Numbers rushless Servomotors G-Series Servomotors ORME s G-series brushless servomotors provide high torque-to-inertia ratios and excellent continuous torque and peak torque performance in a compact design. These

More information

SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS

SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS Apply servos to all machines with Easy To Use Advanced One-Touch Tuning Servo gains are adjusted with one-touch ease without a personal computer. Tolerance against Instantaneous

More information

SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS

SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS Apply servos to all machines with Easy To Use Advanced One-Touch Tuning Servo gains are adjusted with one-touch ease without a personal computer. Tolerance against Instantaneous

More information

Integrated servo motor

Integrated servo motor R88E-AECT@, R88S-EAD@ Integrated servo motor Motor and drive integrated for space optimization Wide range of motors from 2.55 Nm to 25 Nm 3000 rpm rated speed Peak torque 300% of rated torque IP65 protection

More information

SV2Dx Servo Drives SV200 Servo Drives for DC-Powered Applications

SV2Dx Servo Drives SV200 Servo Drives for DC-Powered Applications 24 to 60 VDC input 10 A cont., 20 A peak output current Compact size for multi-axis applications Ideal for OEMs Designed for use with J Series motors Wide range of control options 8 regular digital inputs,

More information

S, SX & SXF Series S, SX & SXF. Packaged. Packaged Microstepping Systems. The X Series... An Indexer and Drive

S, SX & SXF Series S, SX & SXF. Packaged. Packaged Microstepping Systems. The X Series... An Indexer and Drive Catalog 8-2/US S, SX & SXF Systems The S Family of drives and drive/indexer systems are standalone, packaged microstepping systems. Designed for reliability, the S step and direction input drive, the SX

More information

AC SERVO SYSTEMS. Ver.4

AC SERVO SYSTEMS. Ver.4 A SERVO SYSTEMS R Ver. Servo Motor Model Number Nomenclature Servo Motor Example: The following model number defines a "R" servomotor with mm flange size, rated output, min - maximum rotation speed, V

More information

RDV-X/RDV-P Robot driver Only for pulse train control

RDV-X/RDV-P Robot driver Only for pulse train control Single axis Robot driver Only for pulse train control As the size is small and weight is light, it is easy to use in automated machinery. Features 1 Dedicated pulse train control The dedicated pulse train

More information

SVAC3. 400W AC Powered Servo Drive. Accessories C IP IP IP C IP. Control Options* For more information, visit:

SVAC3. 400W AC Powered Servo Drive. Accessories C IP IP IP C IP. Control Options* For more information, visit: Feedback E = Encoder board 3 = 3.5A cont, 7.4A peak, 120VA 1.8A cont, 5.4A peak, 220VA ontrol S = Basic version Q = Q Programming = EtherNet/ BLuA5-Si SVA3-S-E120 SVA3-S-E220 SVA3-Q-E120 SVA3-Q-E220 SVA3--E120

More information

MDS-DM2 Drive System Selections

MDS-DM2 Drive System Selections MITSUBISHI READY MDS-DM2 Drive System Selections Digital AC servo and spindle drive system built into one package. The drive system can have up to 3 servos and 1 spindle. This will reduce cabinet space

More information

MR-J4-DU_B_-LL SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL

MR-J4-DU_B_-LL SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL General-Purpose AC Servo SSCNET /H Interface AC Servo for Pressure Control MODEL (SERVO AMPLIFIER) MR-J4-_B_-LL MODEL (DRIVE UNIT) MR-J4-DU_B_-LL SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL Safety Instructions

More information

4th digit. 5th digit. 6th digit. Code Specifications. Design Revision Order. Code Specifications. Standard. Code Specifications

4th digit. 5th digit. 6th digit. Code Specifications. Design Revision Order. Code Specifications. Standard. Code Specifications Rotary s Model Designations - D Series st+nd digits 3rd digit th digit th digit th digit 7th digit st+nd digits Rated Output Code Specifications. kw. kw. kw. kw 3 3. kw. kw. kw 7 7. kw : vailable only

More information

SmartStep servo motors

SmartStep servo motors HARGE R7M-A@, R7M-AP@ SmartStep servo motors The smart alternative to stepper motors SmartStep motors can be controlled by SmartStep drive and XtraDrive ylindrical and flat servo motor types are available

More information

Servo System Products

Servo System Products Servo System Products Table of Contents Product Overview...4-10 100/200V Single-phase Servo System I2TMH Servo System...11-24 I2TMPH Servo System...25-42 I2TMPH Gearmotor System...43-52 I2TDH Servo mplifier...93-122

More information

BLuAC5 Brushless Universal Servo Amplifier

BLuAC5 Brushless Universal Servo Amplifier BLuAC5 Brushless Universal Servo Amplifier Description The BLu Series servo drives provide compact, reliable solutions for a wide range of motion applications in a variety of industries. BLu Series drives

More information

SMARTSTEP 2 SERVO SYSTEM

SMARTSTEP 2 SERVO SYSTEM SMARTSTEP 2 SERVO SYSTEM A new step in servodrive simplicity»» Precise and cost-effective»»ultra-compact design»»simple to use and set up SmartStep 2 the right step forward... Omron knows that simplicity

More information

MELSERVO. Servo Amplifiers and Motors. Instruction Manual MR-J2S- A. Art. no.: Version C INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION

MELSERVO. Servo Amplifiers and Motors. Instruction Manual MR-J2S- A. Art. no.: Version C INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION MELSERVO Servo Amplifiers and Motors Instruction Manual MR-J2S- A Art. no.: 138918 2001 02 15 Version C INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION Safety Instructions (Always read these instructions before using the equipment.)

More information

Diameter Ø50mm Shaft Type Magnetic Multi-Turn Absolute Rotary Encoder MGAM50S B F PN 24

Diameter Ø50mm Shaft Type Magnetic Multi-Turn Absolute Rotary Encoder MGAM50S B F PN 24 Ø0mm Shaft Magnetic Multi-Turn Absolute Type Diameter Ø0mm Shaft Type Magnetic Multi-Turn Absolute otary Encoder Features Higher resistant to vibration and impact by magnetic elements than optical encoder

More information

Proposing control by a hydraulic servo and V/F inverters

Proposing control by a hydraulic servo and V/F inverters Drive Goods SSCNET III/H Analog Speed Command Unit (Number of Control Axes: Axes) [DGAF/DGAF-P0] New Product Release No. Proposing control by a hydraulic servo and V/F inverters using a SSCNET III/H compatible

More information

SGMJV. Rotary Servomotors SGMJV - 01 A D A 2 1. Model Designations. 2Without Gears. 1st+2nd digits. 3rd digit. 5th digit. 6th digit.

SGMJV. Rotary Servomotors SGMJV - 01 A D A 2 1. Model Designations. 2Without Gears. 1st+2nd digits. 3rd digit. 5th digit. 6th digit. Rotary s Designations 2Without s - D 2 Series st+2nd s rd 4th th th 7th st+2nd s Rated Output th Design Revision Order 7th Options Code W W C2 W 2 2 W 4 4 W W 8 7 W rd Power Supply Voltage Code th Code

More information

5th digit. 4th digit. 6th digit. Design Revision Order. Shaft End. Code Specifications

5th digit. 4th digit. 6th digit. Design Revision Order. Shaft End. Code Specifications Rotary s Designations 2Without Gears - 0 D 2 Series st+2nd digits 3rd digit 4th digit 5th digit 6th digit 7th digit st+2nd digits Rated Output 5th digit Design Revision Order 7th digit Options Code 5 50

More information

Position control unit

Position control unit Ver. HGE 3 EVOPK POE Ver. HGE 3 EVOPK POE Ver. HGE 3 EVOPK POE Ver. HGE 3 EVOPK POE J-F7 - MEHTOLIK-II Multi-axes position controller via high-speed MEHTOLIK-II Up to 6 axes controlled with minimum wiring.

More information

Incremental encoders Redundant sensing, isolated blind hollow shaft ø mm, cone shaft ø17 mm pulses per revolution

Incremental encoders Redundant sensing, isolated blind hollow shaft ø mm, cone shaft ø17 mm pulses per revolution Features Robust, compact housing Two bearings with large distance, one at each end High shaft load up to 450 N Shock resistant up to 250 g Shaft insulation up to 2.8 kv Highest operating speed 10000 rpm

More information

Compact Actuator DRL Series

Compact Actuator DRL Series Introduction Precision Rack & Pinion Linear Linear Actuators Heads DRL LH Accessories Before Using a Linear Motion System Compact Actuator DRL Series Additional Information Technical Reference F-1 General

More information

BLuAC5 Brushless Universal Servo Amplifier

BLuAC5 Brushless Universal Servo Amplifier BLuAC5 Brushless Universal Servo Amplifier Description The BLu Series servo drives provide compact, reliable solutions for a wide range of motion applications in a variety of industries. BLu Series drives

More information

AD Series. AC Servo Drive. For the highest requirements in performance and precision

AD Series. AC Servo Drive. For the highest requirements in performance and precision Range of Performance.1 kw 7 kw (.32 33.4 ) Drastically Reduced Motor Cogging Torque Advanced Drive Technology Autotuning Built-in Programmable Sequence with max. 512 program steps and 1 positions Plug

More information

General-Purpose AC Servo. Instructions and Cautions for Drive of HC/HA Series Servo Motor with MR-J4-(DU)_B_-RJ020

General-Purpose AC Servo. Instructions and Cautions for Drive of HC/HA Series Servo Motor with MR-J4-(DU)_B_-RJ020 General-Purpose AC Servo Instructions and Cautions for Drive of HC/HA Series Servo Motor with MR-J4-(DU)_B_-RJ020 E Safety Instructions Please read the instructions carefully before using the equipment.

More information

Analog Voltage/Pulse Train Reference Type SERVOPACKs. (For Rotary Servomotors) (For Linear Servomotors) SGDV - R70 A 01 B

Analog Voltage/Pulse Train Reference Type SERVOPACKs. (For Rotary Servomotors) (For Linear Servomotors) SGDV - R70 A 01 B Analog Voltage/Pulse Train Reference Type SERVOPACKs SGDV- 0 (For Rotary Servomotors) SGDV- 05 (For Linear Servomotors) Model Designations SGDV - R70 A 0 B 002000 Options 002000 Base-mounted, varbish(standard)

More information

New Servo Concept: Junma

New Servo Concept: Junma New Servo Concept: Junma Junma uses the world s premier servo technology to provide unmatched performance with a quick and efficient setup. This totally new plug and play design concept requires no parameter

More information

B. MR-J3 Linear Servomotors

B. MR-J3 Linear Servomotors SERVOMOTORS AN AMPLIFIERS. MR-J3 Linear Servomotors LM-H2 Linear Servomotor Selection LM-H2P - M- Rated Thrust 06 60N 12 120N 24 240N 36 360N 48 480N 72 720N 6 60N A 2m s 128 mm 4 0 -H2 1A-06 -H2 2A-12

More information

CL86T. 24~80VDC, 8.2A Peak, Closed-loop, No Tuning. Descriptions. Closed-loop. Stepper. Applications. Datasheet of the Closed-loop Stepper CL86T

CL86T. 24~80VDC, 8.2A Peak, Closed-loop, No Tuning. Descriptions. Closed-loop. Stepper. Applications. Datasheet of the Closed-loop Stepper CL86T CL86T Closed-loop Stepper 24~80VDC, 8.2A Peak, Closed-loop, No Tuning Closed-loop, eliminates loss of synchronization Broader operating range higher torque and higher speed Reduced motor heating and more

More information

UMK M A A. RoHS-Compliant. 2-Phase Stepping Motor and Driver Package. Features. Product Number Code. Product Line

UMK M A A. RoHS-Compliant. 2-Phase Stepping Motor and Driver Package. Features. Product Number Code. Product Line RoHS-Compliant Stepping Motor and Package UMK Series Additional Information Technical reference Page F- The UMK Series is a -phase stepping motor (resolution: per rotation) with easy-handling AC input

More information

60 mm sq. (2.36 inch sq.)

60 mm sq. (2.36 inch sq.) 6 mm sq. (.36 inch sq.) 1.8 /step RoHS Unipolar winding, Connector type Unipolar winding, Dimensions for attaching NEMA3 are interchangeable (47.14 mm-pitch) Bipolar winding, Connector type p. 76 Bipolar

More information

VFD - D700 Series Specifications. The latest low-cost variable speed control solution for centrifugal pumps.

VFD - D700 Series Specifications. The latest low-cost variable speed control solution for centrifugal pumps. VFD - D700 Series Specifications The latest low-cost variable speed control solution for centrifugal pumps. Built-in PID Control to maintain pressure, flow, measured value, and much more 125% overload

More information

AC SERVO DRIVES SERIES. Servopacks. Certified for ISO9001 and ISO14001

AC SERVO DRIVES SERIES. Servopacks. Certified for ISO9001 and ISO14001 AC SERVO DRIVES SERIES Servopacks Certified for ISO9001 and ISO14001 JQA-0422 JQA-EM0202 CONTENTS SERVOPACKs Single-axis Analog Voltage/Pulse Train Reference SERVOPACKs 326 Single-axis MECHATROLINK-II

More information

Development of the AC Servo Amplifier

Development of the AC Servo Amplifier New Products Introduction Development of the AC Servo Amplifier SANMOTION R Series ADVANCED MODEL TypeS Yuuji Ide Michio Kitahara Yasutaka Narusawa Masahisa Koyama Naoaki Takizawa Kenichi Fujisawa Hidenao

More information

Latest Control Technology in Inverters and Servo Systems

Latest Control Technology in Inverters and Servo Systems Latest Control Technology in Inverters and Servo Systems Takao Yanase Hidetoshi Umida Takashi Aihara. Introduction Inverters and servo systems have achieved small size and high performance through the

More information

Σ-V Series. USER'S MANUAL Design and Maintenance Rotational Motor Command Option Attachable Type. AC Servo Drives

Σ-V Series. USER'S MANUAL Design and Maintenance Rotational Motor Command Option Attachable Type. AC Servo Drives AC Servo Drives Σ- Series SER'S ANAL Design and aintenance Rotational otor Command Option Attachable Type SGD SEROPACK SGJ/SGA/SGPS/SGG/SGS/SGCS s Outline Panel Display and Operation of Operator iring

More information

MR-J4-_A4(-RJ) MR-J4_B4(-RJ) SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL

MR-J4-_A4(-RJ) MR-J4_B4(-RJ) SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL General-Purpose AC Servo General-Purpose Interface/SSCNET /H Interface MODEL MR-J4-_A4(-RJ) MR-J4_B4(-RJ) SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL B Safety Instructions Please read the instructions carefully

More information

Compact CANopen. RoHS 2/22. Shock / vibration resistant. High shaft load capacity e

Compact CANopen. RoHS 2/22. Shock / vibration resistant. High shaft load capacity e The Sendix M36 with Energy Harvesting Technology is an electronic encoder in miniature format, without gear and without battery. It is characterized by robustness, reliability and cost-efficiency. pending

More information

RoHS-Compliant 2-Phase Stepping Motor and Driver Package RBK Series. Features. The RBK Series is a motor and driver package

RoHS-Compliant 2-Phase Stepping Motor and Driver Package RBK Series. Features. The RBK Series is a motor and driver package Stepping Motors RoHS-Compliant Stepping Motor and Package RBK Series dditional Information Technical reference Page F-1 Safety standards Page G- The RBK Series is a motor and driver package (Terminal box

More information

30-80V, 8.2A Peak, No Tuning, Nulls loss of Synchronization

30-80V, 8.2A Peak, No Tuning, Nulls loss of Synchronization 2-phase Hybrid Servo Drive 30-80V, 8.2A Peak, No Tuning, Nulls loss of Synchronization Closed-loop, eliminates loss of synchronization Broader operating range higher torque and higher speed Reduced motor

More information

Driver. 3 Extension Cables ( Page E-155)

Driver. 3 Extension Cables ( Page E-155) Motorized ctuators System Configuration Not supplied DRS Series Compact Linear ctuator ccessories (Sold separately) Mounting Plates ( Page E-54) Limit Sensor (Connected by the customer) 2 DIN Rail Mounting

More information

No Gain Tuning. Hunting. Closed Loop System

No Gain Tuning. Hunting. Closed Loop System 2 No Gain Tuning Conventional servo systems, to ensure machine performance, smoothness, positional error and low servo noise, require the adjustment of its servo s gains as an initial crucial step. Even

More information

Sigma direct drive motors

Sigma direct drive motors Ver. HRGE SERVOPK POWER SGMS-@ Sigma direct drive motors High torque motor for direct coupling to load High dynamic performance Gearless. Reduction of mechanic components Improved positioning accuracy

More information

Torque Station Pro TS-7700 System

Torque Station Pro TS-7700 System For Motor Torque Measurement Torque Station Pro TS-7700 System The Torque Station Pro is designed to automatically measure motor torque characteristics. The compact configuration includes a built-in brake

More information

Troubleshooting Alarm Displays Warning Displays

Troubleshooting Alarm Displays Warning Displays 10 10.1 Alarm Displays............................................10-2 10.1.1 List of Alarms...................................................... 10-2 10.1.2 of Alarms............................................

More information

(For Rotary Servomotors)

(For Rotary Servomotors) MECHATROLINK-III Communications Reference SERVOPACKs SGDV- E2 (For Rotary Servomotors) Designations S G D V - 2R9 E 2 A 002 00 0 v Series SGDV SERVOPACKs with DC Power Input st+2nd+ 3rd digits 4th digit

More information

General-Purpose AC Servo. General-Purpose Interface AC Servo SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL MR-JE-_A MODEL

General-Purpose AC Servo. General-Purpose Interface AC Servo SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL MR-JE-_A MODEL General-Purpose AC Servo General-Purpose Interface AC Servo MODEL MR-JE-_A SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL J Safety Instructions Please read the instructions carefully before using the equipment. To

More information

MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION

MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION PRODUCT CATALOG MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION A HIGHPERFORMING PARTNERSHIP SOLUTION ABOUT BIMBA Starting with a simple idea, Charlie Bimba created the first nonrepairable cylinder in his garage in Monee,

More information

XXXX e. X d.. X X X a

XXXX e. X d.. X X X a The Heavy uty incremental encoder type 0H boasts a high degree of ruggedness in a very compact design. Its special construction makes it perfect for all applications in very harsh environments. / RoHS

More information

Position Table Function. Closed Loop System. Network Based Motion Control. No Gain Tuning

Position Table Function. Closed Loop System. Network Based Motion Control. No Gain Tuning 2 2 Position Table Function Position Table can be used for motion control by digital input and output signals of host controller. You can operate the motor directly by sending the position table number,

More information

General-Purpose AC Servo. J2-Super Series. CC-Link Compatible MR-J2S- CP-S084 SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL MODEL

General-Purpose AC Servo. J2-Super Series. CC-Link Compatible MR-J2S- CP-S084 SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL MODEL General-Purpose AC Servo CC-Link Compatible MODEL MR-J2S- CP-S84 SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL J2-Super Series F Safety Instructions (Always read these instructions before using the equipment.) Do

More information

FUJI SERVO SYSTEM. MEH555c

FUJI SERVO SYSTEM. MEH555c FUJI SERVO SYSTEM MEH555c Servo Amplifier Line of products of ALPHA5 Series Model VV type Pulse/ analog Command interface Di/Do Modbus -RTU SX bus Control mode Positioning Position Speed Torque Power supply

More information

Speed Feedback and Current Control in PWM DC Motor Drives

Speed Feedback and Current Control in PWM DC Motor Drives Exercise 3 Speed Feedback and Current Control in PWM DC Motor Drives EXERCISE OBJECTIVE When you have completed this exercise, you will know how to improve the regulation of speed in PWM dc motor drives.

More information

Brushless Servo Motors & Digital Servo Drives. Brushless Servo Motors I2TMPH & I2TMGH Series. Servo Motor Features & Benefits:

Brushless Servo Motors & Digital Servo Drives. Brushless Servo Motors I2TMPH & I2TMGH Series. Servo Motor Features & Benefits: Brushless Servo Motors & Digital Servo Drives Many types of flexible, all digital amplifiers ranging from 30 watts to 15 kw along with a wide variety of high-performance brushless servomotors create an

More information

56 mm sq. (2.20 inch sq.)

56 mm sq. (2.20 inch sq.) 56 mm sq. (. inch sq.) 1.8 /step RoHS Unipolar winding, Lead wire type Bipolar winding, Lead wire type p. 7 Customizing Hollow Shaft modification Decelerator Encoder Varies depending on the model number

More information

Correction Reissue. Product Discontinuation Notices. Discontinuation Notice of SYSDRIVE Inverter 3G3MV series

Correction Reissue. Product Discontinuation Notices. Discontinuation Notice of SYSDRIVE Inverter 3G3MV series PROUCT NEWS Correction Reissue Product iscontinuation Notices April 1, 2010 Frequency Inverters No. 2010E iscontinuation Notice of SYSRIVE Inverter 3G3MV series REQUEST There was modification in portion

More information

ES86 Series Closed-loop Stepper Drive + Motor System (Drive+ Motor/Encoder)

ES86 Series Closed-loop Stepper Drive + Motor System (Drive+ Motor/Encoder) ES86 Series Closed-loop Stepper Drive + Motor System (Drive+ Motor/Encoder) Traditional stepper motor drive systems operate open loop providing position control without feedback. However, because of this,

More information

Driver Specification for Linear Motor Drive Tables

Driver Specification for Linear Motor Drive Tables Driver Specification for Linear Motor Drive Tables 355 35 2 1 3 4 NCR Specification of NCR for NT38V Low-voltage (DC24V) and compact design of 115 x 100 x 33.8 mm. It contributes to miniaturization of

More information

SD Series. AC Spindle Motor Drives with Power Regeneration, AC Servo Drives. Speed Reference with Analog Voltage Expanded Functions

SD Series. AC Spindle Motor Drives with Power Regeneration, AC Servo Drives. Speed Reference with Analog Voltage Expanded Functions AC Spindle Motor Drives with Power Regeneration, AC Servo Drives SD Series Speed Reference with Analog Voltage Expanded Functions Power Regeneration Converter Model CACP-JU SERVOPACK Model CACR-JU Spindle

More information

Copyright 2014 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or

Copyright 2014 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or Copyright 2014 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, mechanical, electronic,

More information

Design Characteristics. FlexDrive II. Series

Design Characteristics. FlexDrive II. Series AC AC DC DC FlexDrive II Series Design Characteristics Brushless AC Servo Baldor s FlexDrive II series are designed to provide reliable and durable operation. Options are available to operate either resolver

More information

1S servo drive System configuration

1S servo drive System configuration R88D-1SN@@@-ECT Sysmac general purpose servo 23-bit resolution encoder Fast and secure screw-less push-in in all connectors Pluggable connectors for easy pre-wiring and system maintenance Direct wiring

More information

RoHS-Compliant 2-Phase Stepping Motor and Driver Package RBK Series. Features

RoHS-Compliant 2-Phase Stepping Motor and Driver Package RBK Series. Features Stepping s RoHS-Compliant -Phase Stepping and Package RBK Series dditional Information Technical reference Page F- Safety standards Page G- The RBK Series is a motor and driver package consisting of a

More information

9 Things to Consider When Specifying Servo Motors

9 Things to Consider When Specifying Servo Motors 9 Things to Consider When Specifying Servo Motors Ensuring Optimal Servo System Performance for your Application Michael Miller and Jerry Tyson, Regional Motion Engineering Yaskawa America, Inc. There

More information

DS2 series servo drive

DS2 series servo drive DS2 series servo drive Manual WUXI XINJE ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Data No.: SC209 20110412 1.0 2 Safety notes Confirmation Do not use the drivers that are broken, lack of parts or wrong types. Installation Make

More information

Phone: Fax: Web: -

Phone: Fax: Web:  - ue to their sturdy bearing construction in Safety-ock esign, the Sendix 5000 and 500 offer high resistance against vibration and installation errors. The rugged housing, high protection level of up to

More information

Incremental encoders Blind hollow shaft or cone shaft pulses per revolution

Incremental encoders Blind hollow shaft or cone shaft pulses per revolution Features TTL output driver for cable length up to 550 m Very high resistance to shock and vibrations Hybrid bearing for extended service life Shaft insulation up to.8 kv Large terminal box, turn by 80

More information